Home

User manual

1. E E i f a Q 5220212122029101222222122221222920122322122292012222212223221222220182309919100951 E e LT 39590900090009225252000099900000002992229990022220000299990000929999 09059995220009 E E E ES 3 3 amp d PS e Fy E B Fy Ej E d e 443 9 mm P s slsiszisisisis Jel el lal le sz E E N q p 431 3 mm 85 Fig 8 JX6 Basis 8 Rack 36 Jetter AG JetControl 647 5 2 Numbering of Slots 5 2 Numbering of Slots The slots are numbered in ascending order from left to right Number 1 is assigned to the left slot and is reserved for the CPU module The other slots 2 through 8 can be equipped with peripheral modules JX6 CON1 or JX6 1O64 JX6 Basis 1 JX6 Basis 2 JX6 Basis 4 cvo JX6 Basis 8 cvo Jetter AG 37 5 JX6 Rack JetWeb 38 Jetter AG JetControl 647 6 1 Deinstalling the JC 647 Module 6 Installation Guide 6 1 Deinstalling the JC 647 Module Procedure p Switch off the power supply for the controller p Remove the 2 pin terminal 1 of the power supply for the JC 647 module see Fig 9 gt Remove the two 8 pin terminals 2 of the digital inputs 1 through 16 on the JC 647 module see Fig 9 If
2. JetWeb 8 Combined Digital Outputs by the example of register 62720 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Output 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 8 Combined Outputs Registers 62720 Outputs 101 108 62721 Outputs 109 116 62722 Outputs 117 124 62723 Outputs 125 132 62724 Outputs 133 140 62725 Outputs 141 148 62726 Outputs 149 156 62727 Outputs 157 164 62728 Outputs 201 208 62729 Outputs 209 216 62730 Outputs 217 224 62731 Outputs 225 232 62732 Outputs 233 240 62733 Outputs 241 248 62734 Outputs 249 256 62735 Outputs 257 264 62736 Outputs 301 308 62737 Outputs 309 316 62738 Outputs 317 324 62739 Outputs 325 332 62740 Outputs 333 340 62741 Outputs 341 348 62742 Outputs 349 356 62743 Outputs 357 364 62744 Outputs 401 408 62745 Outputs 409 416 62746 Outputs 417 424 62747 Outputs 425 432 62748 Outputs 433 440 62749 Outputs 441 448 62750 Outputs 449 456 62751 Outputs 457 464 62752 Outputs 501 508 62753 Outputs 509 516 62754 Outputs 517 524 62755 Outputs 525 532 62756 Outputs 533 540 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62757 Outputs 541 548 62758 Outputs 549 556 62759 Outputs 557 564
3. 24 Combined Digital Outputs by the example of register 62848 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 ee 21 22 23 Output 101 102 103 104 105 d 122 123 124 24 Combined Outputs Registers 62848 Outputs 101 124 62849 Outputs 109 132 62850 Outputs 117 140 62851 Outputs 125 148 62852 Outputs 133 156 62853 Outputs 141 164 62854 Outputs 149 164 62855 Outputs 157 164 62856 Outputs 201 224 62857 Outputs 209 232 62858 Outputs 217 240 62859 Outputs 225 248 62860 Outputs 233 256 62861 Outputs 241 264 62862 Outputs 249 264 62863 Outputs 257 264 62864 Outputs 301 324 62865 Outputs 309 332 62866 Outputs 317 340 62867 Outputs 325 348 62868 Outputs 333 356 62869 Outputs 341 364 62870 Outputs 349 364 62871 Outputs 357 364 62872 Outputs 401 424 62873 Outputs 409 432 62874 Outputs 417 440 130 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62875 Outputs 425 448 62876 Outputs 433 456 62877 Outputs 441 464 62878 Outputs 449 464 62879 Outputs 457 464 62880 Outputs 501 524 62881 Outputs 509 532 62882 Outputs 517 540 62883 Outputs 525 548 62884 Outputs 533 556 62885 Outputs 541 564 62886 Outputs 5
4. Chapter Comment Revised Added Deleted Chapter 20 3 Instruction N_SEND_VALUE N_GET_VALUE has been added Chapter 20 4 No support of numbers in the 50 000 range Chapter 21 1 Setting the IP address with special reference to registers 63816 63817 63818 63819 Chapter 22 Introduction to Web functions Chapter 23 File system Chapter 24 FTP server v Chapter 25 E mail v Chapter 26 HTTP server Chapter 27 RemoteScan Chapter 28 Modbus TCP Chapter 29 Data files v Chapter 30 Special flags for the keys of LCD 27 and LCD 16 Special flag 2112 v Chapter 31 Register offset 50 000 Registers 61696 61703 Register 63794 Activation of JETWay network only Reg 185200 185299 v RemoteScan registers v Data file registers Register 61810 v Specifiying the floating point register array Chapter 32 2 Computing performance v Chap 32 4 4 Multi display registers 61788 61799 and 61787 Chap 32 4 5 Registers 61696 61793 v 365 Appendices 366 JetWeb Chapter Comment Revised Added Deleted Chapter 32 8 RemoteScan registers Chapter32 9 Data file registers v Chapter Hint on instruction 13 32 10 Activation of JETWay Network is no longer required Instruction registers Chapter Offset register for the 32 11 4 50 000 range Chapter Interface activity 32 14 mo
5. Error Meaning Possible reason Code 0 No error 1 Insufficient memory Operating system error 2 FROM not defined The file email No cfg is corrupt or cannot be found 3 TO not defined The file email No cfg is corrupt 4 No connection to the No e mail server available or wrong e mail server or error configuration of the email ini file during data transfer Data transfer error to the e mail server 10 E mail function not Initialization error during operating system available Bit 2 of start For example email corrupt or register 63827 is not cannot be found set 12 Internal error Operating system error Sending an e mail may take considerable time Therefore other application tasks are carried out during sending of an e mail However only one function call can be carried out at a time Tasks which invoke this function while another task is sending an e mail are therefore blocked until this operation is completed It has to be polled whether the e mail has been sent For this purpose bit 13 of register 63827 is polled Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 5 The E Mail Default Template File Example SPECIALFUNCTION 110 x y WHEN BIT CLEAR 63827 13 THEN 25 5 The E Mail Default Template File The E Mail default template file contains sections that are used if this section is not specified in an individual E Mail The e mail default temp
6. the JetSym menu Project Settings and there on the tab Controller This is the default setting Furthermore the baud rate U D has to be set to 9600 baud In addition to this the application program must be stopped during download of an OS update by sliding the START STOP switch STOP position 21 Projekt Echtzeituhr Programm Steuerung Kunde Kommissic4 gt Programm E chtzeituhr spf Typ Y Test Symbol JEchtzeituhr ssf Version Automatisch Version fi mes Sprache English 1 r Schnittstelle Einstellungen fiir Debug Sorel 9 21212 Jetway PCPPLE Kommentar COM Port fi Timeout ms Baudrate 3600 Baudrate U D x Abbrechen Fig 60 JetSym Menu Project Settings Jetter AG 361 Appendices 362 JetWeb At the beginning of the OS update process via one of the serical ports a special loader program is transferred to the controller and started there This loader program is for receiving and storing an OS file sent by JetSym It has no additional functions Note JetSym checks whether the selected OS file is compatible with the module to which the file is to be transferred Important Subject JC 647 operating system update via Ethernet The new operating system will be activated only after the next boot process For this purpose the supply voltage 24 V has t
7. Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 1000 77 gt 100 77 999 3200 gt 99 3200 998 820 gt 98 820 997 86280 gt 97 86280 996 14895 gt 96 14895 Example 4 In the following example source and destination registers are addressed indirectly REGISTER_LOAD 90 250 REGISTER_LOAD 91 450 N COPY TO 192 168 1 20 90 91 5 3 5 The content of registers 250 through 254 is copied to registers 450 through 454 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 10 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 250 23 gt 450 23 251 5333 gt 451 5333 252 665 gt 452 665 253 83535 gt 453 83535 254 16000 gt 454 16000 184 Jetter AG JetControl 647 22 Introduction of JetControl Web Functions 7 Note 27 27 The functions which are described in this chapter are supported by JetControl 647 controllers with operating system release 3 50 and higher The JetControl system provides following Web functions FTP Server Access to directories and files of the file system on the built in flash disk HTTP Server Homepages can be downloaded into the controller via FTP and accessed with any standard internet browser Access to variables of the controller runtime system SMTP Client E Mail can be sent by the controller E mail header parameters and message contents with variables
8. Registers 185000 185099 Task status Function Description Read Current task status Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Present status Meaning of registers 185000 185099 255 254 253 250 2 1 0 Task is being processed DELAY USER INPUT WHEN MAX Waiting for response Ethernet network TASKBREAK Stopped Register 185000 indicates the state of task 0 register 185001 indicates the state of task 1 etc Register 185099 indicates the state of task 99 Jetter AG 277 32 Special Registers 278 JetWeb 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs 32 4 1 Entering Fixed Point Numbers There are four special registers to display fixed point numbers These are registers 61452 61453 and 61786 Register 61453 Field width DISPLAY_REG instruction Function Description Read Current field width Write New field width Value range 0 through 8 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61453 Defines the number of positions to be displayed A maximum of 9 positions can be assigned to a register display 8 digits and 1 sign If values of two or three digits are to be displayed only then the actually required number of positions can be assigned to the display by using register 61453 This is of special importance if a great number of texts and values are to be displayed on an HMI The following rule applies Contents of regi
9. 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 Overlaying of special flags for register 61487 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 Registers 61488 through 61489 Mapping of LEDs on the HMI keys Function Description Read Current mapping of LEDs on the HMI keys Write Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of registers 61488 and 61489 These registers map the LEDs on the HMI keys or the flags of special flags 2224 through 2235 respectively Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG The following assignment applies 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Overlaying of special flags for register 61488 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 Overlaying of special flags for register 61489 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2232 2233 2234 2235 Register 61667 Mapping of LEDs the HMI keys Function Description Read Current mapping of LEDs on the HMI keys Write Value range 0 to 65 535 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61667 This register maps the LEDs on the HMI keys or the flags of special flags 2224 through 2235 respect
10. A negative value is preceded by a as usual e Prefixing a space character suppresses the output of a space character for positive values applies to the register types INT and REAL A positive value is preceded by a space character A negative value is preceded by a as usual Furthermore values can be modified by a factor and an o set If these variables have been defined the value is multiplied by the factor first then the offset is added Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 6 Transmission of Controller Values 25 6 2 Register Text Variable The variable name begins with a capital R followed by the register number Example 1 lt JW DTAG name R100 type INT gt Result The content of register 100 is inserted into the e mail as integer number Example 2 lt JW DTAG name R62210 type REAL 0 factor 1 5 offset z 500 Result The content of register 62210 is multiplied by 1 5 Then 500 is added to the product and the result is inserted into the page with sign and at least five integer positions if necessary with leading zeroes and three decimal positions The following formats are possible INT is the default type if no type has been defined Format Meaning INT Integer decimal INTX Integer hexadecimal INTB Integer binary BOOL Register content 0 gt Result 0 Register content 0 gt Result 1 REAL Floating
11. 5 Digital input 5 4 Digital input 4 3 Digital input 3 2 Digital input 2 1 Digital input 1 67 11 Digital Inputs JetWeb See Fig 17 for the assignment of digital inputs of the JC 647 module Reference point is the 0 V terminal to which the 0 V signal is connected up Jx6 rack 24V OV e g JX6 Basis 4 terminal strip terminal strip Power x supply o unit e 24 V 1 Power supply JC 647 2 Digital inputs 1 16 3 External power supply of digital outputs 4 Digital outputs 1 16 ee E m UL Ew LL Fig 17 External circuit of the digital inputs 11 and 13 11 4 Numbering System of Digital Inputs Numbering System of Digital Inputs Digital Input JC 647 Address Number Input 1 100 1 Input 2 100 2 Input 16 100 16 68 Jetter AG JetControl 647 12 1 Technical Data 12 Submodule JX6 116 Optionally the JC 647 module can be equipped with the submodule JX6 116 which expands the function by 16 digital inputs 12 1 Technical Data Phoenix combicon LED contact spacing 5 08 Female connector Phoenix combicon contact spacing 5 08 6 mm Female connectar Fig 19 Front View Submodule JX6 116 Type Dimensions H x W x D in mm 12 0 x 52 0 x 130 0 Installation To be plugged on the JC 647 see Fig 4 Functional Data Number of outputs 16 digital inputs Rated v
12. 13 1 Technical Data Capacitors Phoenix combicon Capacitor SS as 5 08 6 mm Female connector T Fig 22 Side View of the JX6 O16 Submodule LEDs Phoenix combicon Contact spacing 5 6 mm Female connector 1 lt 52mm 55mm Fig 23 Front View of the JX6 016 Submodule Type Dimensions H x W x D in mm 14 0 x 52 0 x 130 0 Installation To be plugged on the JC 647 see Fig 4 Type of outputs Transistor pnp Functional Data Number of outputs 16 digital outputs Rated voltage DC 24 V Type of outputs Transistor pnp 75 Jetter AG 13 Submodule JX6 O16 JetWeb Electrical Data External power supply Required Voltage Range DC 20 30V Signal voltage ON Vsupply 0 5 V Signal voltage OFF Typ 0 8 V Maximum load current 0 5 A output Electrical isolation None Protective circuit Overload overvoltage overtemperature indicated by the red LED ERR2 Protection against inductive loads Yes 76 Jetter AG JetControl 647 13 2 Meaning of LEDs 13 2 Meaning of LEDs Ax01 A x09 24V OV Submodule 6 016 OAT 1 Terminal for digital outputs 1 to 8 2 Terminal for digital outputs 9 to 16 3 External power supply of digital outputs Fig 24 LEDs of the JX6 O16 Submodule LEDs of the Digital Outputs Designation Colour Function OUT 1 16 yellow Digital output 1 through 16 ON
13. 170 The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB I submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth digit is always 4 The digits five six and seven zzz specify the actual register number Jetter AG JetControl 647 20 1 JETWay H JETTER Data Highway 20 Network Operation JetWay 20 1 JETWay H JETTER Data Highway The data highway JETWay H enables several networked control systems of the JetControl DELTA or NANO families to be controlled by a host computer Theoretically the max number of nodes to be controlled is 126 However reasonable communication on the network gets next to impossible with such a number of nodes since the transmission rate slows down Therefore it is advisable to limit the number of nodes to be controlled to 98 In detail network operation means Visualization Programming Data transfer Acquisition of production data Service functions access to each control system 7 Note N 2 M For a description of the wiring and parameter assignment of JETWay H please refer to chapter 15 4 Programming Interface via JETWay H on page 94 etc up to 98 nodes JC 647 DELTA NANO B Fig 48 JETWay H for Management Level Jetter AG 171 20 Network Operation JetWay JetWeb N A 172 20 2 JETWay R Process Level
14. 309 32 Special Registers JetWeb Example a b REGISTER LOAD 61589 2 N SEND REGISTER 2 100 500 N SEND REGISTER 3 100 500 LABEL Next Slave N SEND REGISTER 4 100 500 SEND REGISTER 0 100 500 SEND REGISTER 5 100 500 REGINC 61589 N SEND REGISTER 6 100 500 N SEND REGISTER 7 100 500 IF N SEND REGISTER 8 100 500 REG 61589 N SEND REGISTER 9 100 500 N SEND REGISTER 10 100 500 12 N SEND REGISTER 11 100 500 THEN GOTO Next Slave THEN 32 11 2 Times Register 61585 Network response time Function Description Read Response time in milliseconds Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Previous time Meaning of register 61585 The time starts upon a network command and ends when the slave controller has received the response 310 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 11 Controlling Network 1 Register 61586 Processing time of network instruction Function Description Read Processing time in milliseconds Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Previous time Meaning of register 61586 Indicates the processing time of the last executed network command The processing time comprises the network response time plus the time necessary to process the response from the slave controller 32 11 3 Error Messages Register 63780 Error code of last network access Fu
15. Signal voltage ON OFF Signal voltage OFF ERR2 red ON Imax less than 10 mA Overload overtempera ture cable breakage of one or more outputs 24V green ON External voltage supply of the digital outputs is provided Jetter AG TT 13 Submodule JX6 O16 JetWeb 78 13 3 Description of Connections Terminal Specifications e 8 pole terminal block COMBICON RM 5 08 for printed circuit boards e Cable cross sectional area 0 25 2 5 mm Bladed screw driver 0 6 x 3 5 x 100 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Not needed Cable Shielding Not needed Pin Assignment of 8 pin Plug for Terminal Blocks View Pin Signal Comment 16 Digital Output 16 Ine 16 15 Digital Output 15 S 15 jej 14 14 Digital Output 14 je 13 e 12 13 Digital Output 13 ej 11 ilo n 12 Digital Output 12 11 Digital Output 11 En 10 Digital Output 10 IE 9 Digital Output 9 8 Digital Output 8 8 7 Digital Output 7 7 6 6 Digital Output 6 5 4 5 Digital Output 5 3 A 4 Digital Output 4 3 Digital Output 3 2 Digital Output 2 1 Digital Output 1 Jetter AG JetControl 647 13 4 Numbering system of digital outputs Fig 25 shows the connection of the digital outputs of the JX6 O16 The 0 V terminal strip to which the
16. The REGINC lt RegNo gt Instruction This instruction serves for increasing the content of a register increment This function is frequently used in loops to increment counters and pointers Example THEN THEN REGINC 88 REG 88 REG 88 1 117 17 Software Programming JetWeb 118 The REGDEC lt RegNo gt Instruction This instruction serves for decreasing the content of a register decrement This function is frequently used in loops to decrement counters and pointers Example 1 THEN THEN REGDEC 100 REG 100 REG 100 1 Example 2 REGISTER_LOAD 1 10 LABEL 55 REGDEC 1 IF REGZERO 1 THEN ELSE GOTO 55 THEN This way aloop can be realized which executes a certain number of iterations During each run of the loop the value of the counting register is decremented by one and is being checked whether it is 0 REGZERO 1 If the value is zero the first THEN will be ignored and the loop will go to the second THEN to continue execution of the program there If the value of register 1 is not zero the program will go back to the starting point of the loop Jetter AG JetControl 647 17 4 Access to Registers SHIFT_LEFT lt RegNo gt lt Amount gt Instruction By means of this instruction register contents can bitwise be shifted to the left which corresponds to a multiplication by 2 To do so you have to specify the amount of bits to be shifted from 1 to 32 The bit shifted out of the register last c
17. 2179 SHIFT LCD 27 2209 2210 2211 2212 ENTER LCD 16 NUM 25 2206 2186 2207 2187 2208 53 2188 2209 2189 2210 2190 246 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Error messages via special flags Special Flag Function 2104 Timeout during last slave register access 2105 At least one timeout since reset during slave register access 2110 Timeout during last network access JETWay 2111 At least one timeout since reset during network access JETWay 2115 Network error Ethernet The flag is cleared at program restart or by the user 2136 Illegal destination for GOTO or CALL indirect 2137 Current instruction would cause stack overflow task was interrupted 2138 Current instruction would cause stack underflow task was interrupted 2139 No application program or CRC error 2140 OP code error 2141 Syntax error in the interpreter 2144 Error message from outputs 2145 Real time clock found 2146 Battery for real time clock is ok 2147 Battery for register RAM is almost flat Task Control Special Flag Function 2056 Task switch after elapsed task timeout time reg 61804 in milliseconds 2057 Task switch in case of GO TO instruction 2058 Task switch in case of IF instruction not fulfilled 2112 Interface to PC and HMI depending on task Priorit
18. Examples Data 123456789 da Data 0 da Note Observe capitalization The file system is case sensitive 237 29 Data Files JetWeb 29 1 3 Saving values Creating a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 90 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 90 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 90 is for creating a new data file and inserting a selectable register or flag block into this file Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset Meaning 0 File Name 1 Variable type 1 Register 3 Flag 2 Number of the first register or flag 3 Number of the last register or flag Parameter 2 Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Potential errors Error code Meaning 0 No error 1 Error when creating file e g disk full 2 Error when writing data 4 Error when closing file 6 Invalid register flag number 10 Data file feature not available 20 Internal OS error 238 Jetter AG JetControl 647 29 1 Special System Functions 29 1 4 Saving values Appending to a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 91 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 91 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 91 is for appending a selectable register or flag block to an existing file In case this file does not exist a new file will be created Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a d
19. 1278 Fig 5 JX6 Basis 1 Rack 33 5 JX6 Rack 5 1 2 JX6 Basis 2 with Two Slots Fig 6 JX6 Basis 2 Rack 34 6 5 mm 288 8 mm a D 00000000000000000000 J 1 ean Jd SSS LL i i SSS SF E E q DS o o 124 3 __ o zz zz E x o N q o q O 1 2 o Y 111 7 mm 22 JetWeb Jetter AG JetControl 647 5 1 Physical Dimensions 5 1 3 JX6 Basis 4 with Four Slots E E wo ks 0j q e T E E amp amp 2j Sj 0 51 p 225 4 z E p E m ve m e q o gt x q o q a 1 2 4 it D 213 0 mm 42IE Fig 7 JX6 Basis 4 Rack Jetter AG 35 5 JX6 Rack JetWeb 5 1 4 JX6 Basis 8 with Eight Slots
20. 555 USER_INPUT 0 1 100 The suggested value 5 55 is displayed on the LC display 281 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 4 3 Entering Fixed Point Numbers There are three special registers to enter fixed point numbers registers 61455 63809 and 63810 Register 61455 Field width USER_INPUT instruction Function Description Read Current field width Write New field width Value range 0 through 8 Value after reset 8 Meaning of register 61455 Defines the number of positions to be assigned to the USER_INPUT instruction A maximum of 8 positions can be assigned to a user input 7 digits and 1 sign If values of only two or three digits are to be entered then the actually required number of positions can be assigned to the display by using register 61455 This is of special importance if a great number of texts and values are to be displayed on an HMI It should be considered that the sign occupies one position If a 6 digit value is to be input then value 7 must be entered into register 61455 Register 63809 Divisor for value input USER_INPUT Function Description Read Last value Write New value Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 1 Meaning of register 63809 The value of this register desfines the number of decimal positions for data input The content of register 63809 results from the decimal positions entered via the USER_INPUT A maximum of f
21. 62576 Inputs 701 716 62577 Inputs 709 724 62578 Inputs 717 732 62579 Inputs 725 740 62580 Inputs 733 748 62581 Inputs 741 756 62582 Inputs 749 764 62583 Inputs 757 764 62584 Inputs 801 816 62585 Inputs 809 824 62586 Inputs 817 832 62587 Inputs 825 840 62588 Inputs 833 848 62589 Inputs 841 856 62590 Inputs 849 864 62591 Inputs 857 864 127 17 Software Programming 128 JetWeb 8 Combined Digital Inputs by the example of register 62464 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Input 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 8 Combined Inputs Registers 62464 Inputs 101 108 62465 Inputs 109 116 62466 Inputs 117 124 62467 Inputs 125 132 62468 Inputs 133 140 62469 Inputs 141 148 62470 Inputs 149 156 62471 Inputs 157 164 62472 Inputs 201 208 62473 Inputs 209 216 62474 Inputs 217 224 62475 Inputs 225 232 62476 Inputs 233 240 62477 Inputs 241 248 62478 Inputs 249 256 62479 Inputs 257 264 62480 Inputs 301 308 62481 Inputs 309 316 62482 Inputs 317 324 62483 Inputs 325 332 62484 Inputs 333 340 62485 Inputs 341 348 62486 Inputs 349 356 62487 Inputs 357 364 62488 Inputs 401 408 62489 Inputs 409 416 62490 Inputs 417 424 62491 Inputs 425 432 62492 Inputs
22. 62760 Outputs 601 608 62761 Outputs 609 616 62762 Outputs 617 624 62763 Outputs 625 632 62764 Outputs 633 640 62765 Outputs 641 648 62766 Outputs 649 656 62767 Outputs 657 664 62768 Outputs 701 708 62769 Outputs 709 716 62770 Outputs 717 724 62771 Outputs 725 732 62772 Outputs 733 740 62773 Outputs 741 748 62774 Outputs 749 756 62775 Outputs 757 764 62776 Outputs 801 808 62777 Outputs 809 816 62778 Outputs 817 824 62779 Outputs 825 832 62780 Outputs 833 840 62781 Outputs 841 848 62782 Outputs 849 856 62783 Outputs 857 864 135 17 Software Programming JetWeb 136 17 5 Positioning Instructions The following instructions are used for positioning tasks JetSym POS lt AxisAddress gt Destination Speed POS lt AxisAddress gt ACTUAL POS lt AxisAddress gt JetSym ST POS gt AxisAddress lt Destination lt Speed gt AXARR lt AxisAddress gt ACTUAL POS lt AxisAddress gt Note Supplement The above macro instructions can be used to address JX2 Slave modules via a JX6 SB I submodule The axis address is coded as follows Coding of the axis address The first digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB I submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The second digit x specifies the number of the slave module connected to the System bu
23. Computing time Approx 5 us Jetter AG 335 33 Special Functions Special Function 26 Arc Tangent arc tan Function 26 Arc Tangent Value range of argument 1E13 to 1E13 Value range of the result pi 2 to pi 2 Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 27 Exponential function Function 27 Exponential function Value range of argument 30 through 30 Value range of the result 1E 13 through 1E13 Potential errors Argument outside 30 30 Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 28 Natural Logarithm In Function 28 Natural Logarithm In Value range of argument 1E 13 through 1E13 Value range of the result 30 through 30 Potential errors Argument lt 1E 13 Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 29 Absolute value Function 29 Absolute value Value range of argument Any value Value range of the result Value of argument Potential errors None Computing time Approx 3 us Jetter AG JetControl 647 33 5 Sorting data Special Function 30 Modulo Function 30 MOD Value range of argument Any value Value range of the result Value of argument Value range of result 2 Decimal positions argument Potential errors None Computing time Approx 3 us 33 5 Sorting data Speci
24. DEF FUNCTION EmpfPrim EP Par rFirstChar rLastChar Var rHelp Function for reading out a character from the receive buffer REGISTER LOAD rHelp rPRIMEmpf Read character from buffer and check character for valid range IF LIMITS RecPrim rFirstChar rLastChar THEN REGISTER LOAD RecPrim rHelp ELSE REGZERO RecPrim THEN RETURN END DEF DEF FUNCTION SendPrim SE Par rSendChar Function for writing a character into the transmit buffer WHEN REG rSendCnt 128 THEN REG rPRIMSend REG rSendChar 32 THEN RETURN END DEF TASK tPRIMhandling 351 36 User programmable Interface JetWeb REG rPRIMconfig RS422 configuration 0b000000000000000010111000 even parity 8 data bits 1 stop bit REGISTER_LOAD rPRIMBaud 7 19200 baud LABEL mPRIMLoop WHEN NOT REGZERO rRecCont THEN Are there any incoming characters REG rChar RecPrim 90 65 IF REGZERO rChar THEN Is there a valid character GOTO mPRIMLoop No ELSE SendPrim rChar REGZERO rChar Acknowledge GOTO mPRIMLoop 36 3 2 Symbol Listing 1 tPRIMHandling 0 Task 2 3 mPRIMLoop Label with indicates that to the label no number has been assigned 4 rPRIMconfig 62989 5 rPRIMBaud 62990 6 rPRIMSend 62992 Sending register 7 rPRIMReceive 62993 Receiving Register 8 rReceivCnt 61499 Receive buffer filling level 9 rSendCnt 61502 Send buffer filling level 10 rChar 100 11 _ Not
25. E Mail info jetterag ch Internet http Awww jetterag ch Jetter USA Inc 165 Ken Mar Industrial Parkway Broadview Heights OH 44147 2950 Phone 1 440 8380860 Fax 1 440 8380861 E Mail bschulze jetterus com Internet http www jetterus com Jetter AG
26. Error during data transfer Error message from server Timeout No Modbus TCP license Jetter AG JetControl 647 28 2 Modbus TCP Client Special Function 66 Writing to Registers JetSym JetSym ST Operating principle SPECIALFUNCTION 66 Parameterl Parameter2 SYSTEMFUNCTION 66 Parameterl Parameter2 Using this function the content of registers variables of the local memory is copied to a register block a Modbus TCP server Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset 0 1 2 3 5 Parameter 2 Meaning IP address Port number 502 Timeout inms Number of the source local register Number of the designation remote register Quantity of Registers 1 125 Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Error code 0 1 or 2 3 5 8 10 Potential errors Jetter AG Meaning No error Error during connection set up Error during data transfer Error message from server Timeout No Modbus TCP license 235 28 Modbus TCP JetWeb 236 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 29 1 Special System Functions 29 Data Files The latest register values and flag states can be written into a file or read out of a file with the help of some special functions This read write process is controlled by the application program The file format is identical to the format of the data dump files
27. Meaning Offset 0 Status bit Bit Meaning coded 0 Scan is is set after each update running cycle 1 An error has is set each time an error occurred has occurred 1 Error code The code of the last error is displayed Value Meaning 0 No error lt 0 Application specific error Modbus TCP Value Meaning 1 Error in the network driver 2 Error in the connection management 3 Error when sending output registers 4 Error when reading input registers 5 Exception response 6 Error when receiving the response 7 Wrong transaction ID 8 Timeout 101 Timeout 102 Error when reading writing local registers 103 Error in the lower level communication 104 layer 2 Number of The number is incremented each time an error errors occurs Note It is useful to initialize the contents of the status register blocks with 0 before 27 starting the RemoteScan Jetter AG 227 27 RemoteScan JetWeb 27 1 2 Starting RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 81 is used to start a RemoteScan that has been configured using function 80 Parameter 1 No parameters are transferred to this function Thus the content of parameter 1 is of no significance Parameter 2 This function always returns the value 0 as result Potential errors None 27 1 3 Stopping RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 82 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SY
28. Power Supply Unit 63 Suggestion for keying 43 Procedure for removing the module 39 System bus 388 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Coding of IO instructions 169 Diagnostics by LED 155 Instructions on the Topology 150 Number of modules connected to the bus 148 Register Area additional manufacturers 164 JetMove 2xx 168 JetMove 6xx 168 JX2 I O Modules 163 JX2 Slave Modules 167 JX SIO 164 Lumberg LJX7 CSL 164 Special Register 162 Third party modules 149 T Transaction ID 232 Appendix U Unit ID 232 Usage as agreed upon 15 Usage Other Than Agreed Upon 15 User Administration 189 User Interface Control character 143 Cursor Position 141 Device Number 141 Text 142 User Interface Cable JN DK Xm 90 User Interface Cable KAY 0386 xxxx 91 User Interface Cable KAY 0533 0025 93 389 Jetter Subsidiaries Jetter Asia Pte Ltd 32 Ang Mo Kio Industrial Park 2 05 02 Sing Industrial Complex Singapore 569510 Phone 65 6483 8200 Fax 65 6483 3881 E Mail sales jetter com sg Internet http www jetter com sg 390 A Jetter Jetter AG Gr terstra e 2 D 71642 Ludwigsburg Germany Phone 49 7141 2550 0 Phone Sales 49 7141 2550 433 Fax 49 7141 2550 425 Fax Sales 49 7141 2550 484 Hotline 49 7141 2550 444 Internet http www jetter de E Mail sales jetter de Jetter Schweiz AG MunchwilerstraRe 19 CH 9554 Tagerschen Phone 41 719 1879 50 Fax 41 719 1879 69
29. The JETWay R network has two functions Hierarchical networking of DELTA and NANO control systems Connection of decentralized peripheral devices such as smart lOs remote lOs or valve terminals The maximum number of nodes per level is 99 This network is a monomaster network This means that there is one master and a maximum of 98 slaves per hierarchical level Note The controller is physically connected to the JETWay R as slave controller via network 1 NET 1 If the controller is connected to the JETWay R network as master and as slave in two different hierarchical levels then the master is physically connected to network 2 NET 2 Note For a description of the wiring and parameter assignment of JETWay R please refer to chapter 15 5 Network interface JETWay R on page 98 Jetter AG JetControl 647 20 2 JETWay R Process Level High level max 98 slaves SLAVE JC 647 NANO B NANO A NANO A E E SLAVE SLAVE Low level max 98 slaves Distributed peripheral devices max 98 slaves REMOTE NANO B NANO A Valve terminal Festo type 2 or type 3 Fig 49 JETWay R for Process Level Jetter AG 173 20 Network Operation JetWay JetWeb 174 20 3 N SEND REGISTER and N GET REGISTER Note These register numbers are not influenced by the number offset defined in special register 61831 In a JETWay R network the controller can be operated as master or as slave 20 3 1
30. can be set by the user if flag 2088 1 2090 PC OS flag 0 no pcom5 activity 1 pcom5 activity 2091 PC User flags 0 no pcom5 activity 1 can be set by the user if flag 2090 1 2092 LCD OS flag 0 no pcom5 activity 1 pcom activity 2093 LCD User flags 0 no pcom5 activity 1 can be set by the user if flag 2092 1 2094 NET 1 OS flag 0 no JETWay activity 1 JETWay activity 2095 NET 1 User flags 0 no JETWay activity 1 be set by the user if flag 2094 1 249 30 Special Flags JetWeb 250 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 31 Overview of Special Registers Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Operating system error messages 61473 Modified Operating system error 1 0 255 2 0 3 Page 271 61477 Modified Operating system error 1 0 255 2 0 3 Page 272 61478 Same Error operating 1 0 255 System messages 2 0 3 Page 273 61530 Same Task number of the 1 0 255 OPC error 2 not defined 61672 Same Error messages during 1 0 255 access to slave 2 0 modules 3 Page 274 63770 New Numerator with 1 0 65 535 division by 0 2 0 3 Page 274 63771 New Program address 1 0 256 1024 which has caused 2 0 division by 0 3 Page 275 63784 New Number of error 1 0 8 388 607 messages in the fault 2 0 memory since reset 63
31. gt Display TRUE 209 25 E Mail 210 25 6 5 Inputs The variable name begins with a capital I followed by the input number Example JetWeb XJW DTAG name I105 type STRING gt Result The state of input 5 of the CPU is inserted into the e mail as ON or OFF string The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type was specified Format Meaning BOOL Input inactive Display 0 Input active Display 1 STRING Input inactive Display OFF Input active Display ON Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 6 Transmission of Controller Values 25 6 6 Outputs The variable name begins with a capital O followed by the output number Example 1 XJW DTAG name O105 type BOOL gt Result The state of output 5 of the CPU is inserted into the e mail as 1 or O Example 2 XJC DTAG name O105 type STRING format fi gt Result The state of output 5 of the CPU is inserted into the e mail as ON or OFF The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type was specified Format Meaning BOOL Output inactive Display 0 Output active gt Display 1 STRING Output inactive Display OFF Output active gt Display ON 211 25 E Mail 212 JetWeb 25 6 7 Indirect Access Indirect access is realized by inserting the capital letter P in front of the variable name P stands for Pointe
32. instruction If the value in register 61648 is not 0 the value specified in register 61648 represents the cursor position For details on the function of the special register 61648 please refer to Page 291 141 18 HMIs Operator Guidance JetWeb Cursor Positions of Various HMIs Type Cursor Positions LCD 9 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 10 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 12 1 line 1 through 16 2 line 17 through 32 LCD 16 1 line 1 through 20 LCD 110 2 line 21 through 40 3 line 41 through 60 4 line 61 through 80 LCD 17 Status line 1 through 40 LCD 19 Status line 1 through 40 LCD 23 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 23L 1st line 1 through 16 LED 23 1st line 1 through 8 LCD 25 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 25L 1st line 1 through 16 LED 25 1st line 1 through 8 LCD 27 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 34 1 line 1 through 24 2 line 25 through 48 LCD 52 1 line 1 through 16 LCD 54 Z 2 line 17 through 32 3 line 33 through 48 4 line 49 through 64 LCD 60 1 line 1 through 40 2 line 41 through 80 Text The text to be displayed can be specified here Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 18 4 Programming the HMIs Control Characters for Text Output This applies only to devices 0 through 4 After a reset the character is defined
33. port number 110 is used The IP address can be specified by entering a name which is then resolved by means of the file etc hosts Note Bit 2 1 of register 63827 indicates proper initialization of the e mail client Following section entries are obligatory The other definitions are optional If no entries are made the controller automatically uses the default values e g PORT 25 In this case no entries are needed The following sections are mandatory SMTP IP 192 169 40 1 If the server requires a POP3 service the following section is obligatory POP3 IP 192 169 40 1 USER testuser PASSWORT test 25 2 Structure of the E Mail Template File The e mail template is an ASCII file that can be created with any ASCII editor for example the Windows Editor The e mail file consists of different sections These sections are FROM E mail sender TO E mail addressee CC Additional e mail addressee s SUBJECT E mail reference ATTACHMENT Complete path and file name MESSAGE E mail text Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 3 Name of the E Mail Template File Remarks o Several addressees are separated by a semicolon The complete path to the attached file is specified in the ATTACHMENT section The attached file must be an ASCII file The file extension is of no significance Particulars can be tagged with real time controller values that are integrated into the
34. 1 The contents of register 100 is one time shifted bitwise to the right IF FLAG 2076 THEN gt If these instructions are used in a loop it is very easy to make execution of a processing step conditional on the state of individual bits of register 100 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers JetSym ST With JetSym ST the following instructions are available DEC lt RegNo gt INC lt RegNo gt SHIFT_LEFT lt RegNo gt lt BitNo gt SHIFT_RIGHT lt RegNo gt lt BitNo gt di Prog mit Regs stp GI x T SK t rithmeticDemo lResult l ddendl l ddend2 lMinuend lDivisor 2 Fig 44 Example of Register Arithmetic JetSym ST The INC lt RegNo gt Instruction This instruction serves for increasing the content of a register increment This function is frequently used in loops to increment counters and pointers Example THEN THEN INC 1Counter lCounter 1Counter 1 gt These two program parts have got the same function With both of them the content of variable 1Counter is incremented by 1 121 17 Software Programming JetWeb The DEC lt RegNo gt Instruction This instruction serves for decreasing the content of a register decrement This function is frequently used in loops to decrement counters and pointers Example 1 THEN THEN DEC 1Counter lCounter lCounter 1 These two program parts have got the same func
35. 433 440 62493 Inputs 441 448 62494 Inputs 449 456 62495 Inputs 457 464 62496 Inputs 501 508 62497 Inputs 509 516 62498 Inputs 517 524 62499 Inputs 525 532 62500 Inputs 533 540 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62501 Inputs 541 548 62502 Inputs 549 556 62503 Inputs 557 564 62504 Inputs 601 608 62505 Inputs 609 616 62506 Inputs 617 624 62507 Inputs 625 632 62508 Inputs 633 640 62509 Inputs 641 648 62510 Inputs 649 656 62511 Inputs 657 664 62512 Inputs 701 708 62513 Inputs 709 716 62514 Inputs 717 724 62515 Inputs 725 732 62516 Inputs 733 740 62517 Inputs 741 748 62518 Inputs 749 756 62519 Inputs 757 764 62520 Inputs 801 808 62521 Inputs 809 816 62522 Inputs 817 824 62523 Inputs 825 832 62524 Inputs 833 840 62525 Inputs 841 848 62526 Inputs 849 856 62527 Inputs 857 864 129 17 Software Programming JetWeb 17 4 4 Accessing Digital Outputs Using Registers A group of combined digital outputs can be addressed by accessing the special registers listed in the following table Register 62848 serves as example The instruction REGISTER LOAD 62848 a is used to make the changes specified by the value a to the state of the digital inputs 101 through 116
36. 61488 and 61489 257 31 Overview of Special Registers 258 JetWeb Register Number New modified Function same as D CPU1 1 Value Range 2 Reset Value 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Baud Rate 62984 Same Baud rate of HMI 1 0 11 2 6 9600 Baud 3 Page 300 Register Number New modified Function same as D CPU1 1 Value Range 2 Reset Value 3 Cross Reference Ethernet control IP address 63816 New IP address LSB 1 0 255 2 Stored IP address LSB 3 Page 177 63817 New IP address 2SB 1 0 255 2 Stored IP address 2SB 3 Page 178 63818 New IP address 3SB 1 0 255 2 Stored address 3SB 3 Page 178 63819 New IP address MSB 1 0 255 2 Stored address MSB 3 Page 178 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Ethernet control Subnet mask 63904 New Subnet mask LSB 1 0 255 2 Stored subnet mask LSB 63905 New Subnet mask 2SB 1 0 255 2 Stored subnet mask 2SB 63906 New Subnet mask 3SB 1 0 255 2 Stored subnet mask 3SB 63907 New Subnet mask MSB 1 0 255 2 Stored subnet mask MSB Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same a
37. 61575 Page 328 61585 Network response time R Functional group Times Page 310 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix Register Name R Description Number 61586 Processing time of R Functional group Times network instruction Page 311 61588 Setting timeout time in R Functional group Control of network 1 milliseconds W JETWay Page 263 61589 Indirect network R Functional group Control of network 1 addressing W Page 309 61610 Highest task number in R Functional group Task control the program Page 253 61645 Number of time registers R Functional group Timer register Page 267 61648 Indirect Cursor Positions R Functional group Control of the HMIs DISPLAY_TEXT and W Page 291 DISPLAY_REG instruction 61649 Indirect cursor position R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER INPUT W Page 292 instruction 61653 Display time for monitor R Functional group Control of the HMIs functions W Page 292 61667 Mapping of LEDs on the R Functional group Control of the HMIs HMI keys Page 299 61672 Error messages during R Functional group Operating system access to slave modules messages Page 274 61683 Text selection for R Functional group Control of the HMIs DISPLAY_TEXT_2 W Page 293 instruction 61684 Bit code of occupied R Functional group General Registers module slots Page 327 61688 Submodule type socket 1 R Functional group General Registers Page
38. 9001 Result This function calculates the sine of the number in register 9000 and stores the result in register 9001 JetSym ST These system functions are always called using two parameters The first parameter is the address of a variable array which contains the operands this array may of course consist of a single variable only The second parameter is the address of the variable into which the results of the function have to be written These addresses can be specified directly or indirectly This calling convention applies to all system functions except for system functions 60 and 61 Example SYSTEMFUNCTION 21 amp fSource amp fDestination Result This function calculates the sine based on the content of the variable fSource and stores the result in fDestination 331 33 Special Functions JetWeb 33 2 Function Types Overview 4 5 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 50 60 61 65 66 80 81 82 90 91 92 96 110 332 BCD gt Hex Hex gt BCD Square Root Sine Cosine Tangent Arc Sin Arc Cosine Arc Tangent Exponential Function Natural logarithm Absolute value MOD modulo Sorting data Calculating the CRC Checksum Checking the CRC Checksum Modbus TCP reading registers Modbus TCP writing registers Configuring RemoteScan Starting RemoteScan Stopping RemoteScan Data files saving values creating a file Data files saving values appending to
39. Bus Cable Specification Specification of Connectors On the JX6 SB l submodule side 9 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 60 mm On the opposite side of the cable 9 pin female SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 60 mm System Bus Cable Specification Number of cores 5 Core cross sectional area 0 25 0 34 mm at 1 MBaud 0 34 0 50 mm at 500 kBaud 0 34 0 60 mm at 250 kBaud 0 50 0 60 mm at 125 kBaud Max cable capacitance 60 pF m Maximum resistivity 70 Q km at 1 MBaud 60 Q km at 500 kBaud 60 at 250 kBaud 60 Q km at 125 kBaud Maximum cable length 1 30m at 1 MBaud 100 m at 500 kBaud 200 m at 250 kBaud 200 m at 125 kBaud Max tap line length 0 3m at 1 MBaud 1m at 500 kBaud 3m at 250 kBaud at 125 kBaud Max overall tap line length 3m at 1 MBaud 39m at 500 kBaud 78m at 250 kBaud at 125 kBaud 1 The following rule of thumb applies to the system bus cable Each JX2 I O module connected to the bus reduces the maximum cable length by approx 1 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area fthere are long lines between two modules on the system bus the line shield must be connected with functional earth FE approximately every 10 m be
40. CAN2 Master Slave JX6 SB Master Master Operating Modes Overview Function Master Slave Master Slave Master Master D CAN2 JX6 SB From software release V1 00 V2 10 V1 10 Initialization command 1 30 10 register 11m101 Expansion Modules Add JX6 SB modules v JX2 I O modules v v JX2 Slave modules v v only JX6 SB I JX SIO v LJX7 CSL Modules v FESTO CP FB modules v Third party modules refer to 149 Numbering and Register Numbers numbers of 2 1m001 m40201 modules 1m999 1132162 numbers of JX SIO m47001 modules Numbers of m47964 LJX7 CSL modules Registers of JX2 I O 3m03000 3m03000 modules 3m03309 3m03309 Registers of JX SIO 3m07001 modules registers of 3m07964 LJX7 CSL modules Registers JX2 Slave 3m12100 3m12100 modules only JX6 SB I 3m19999 3m19999 modules m Submodule socket 1 3 2 m4 Submodule socket 1 2 4 Jetter AG 154 JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 3 System Bus Baud Rate 19 3 System Bus Baud Rate The system bus of Jetter AG can be operated at baud rates between 125 kBaud and 1 MBaud Generally the max permissible line length of the system bus becomes shorter with increasing baud rate At the same time however the data transmission speed on the system bus increases with increasing baud rate Therefore for every individual application you have to decide whether the system bus should be operated with the max
41. E Mail text refer to chapter 25 6 Transmission of Controller Values page 206 The content of the FROM section depends on the e mail server Some servers accept no domain name other servers append the domain name automatically For some servers the domain name must be specified Other servers are able to handle both possibilities Please check with your IT administrator which function is supported by your server If your server does not accept a domain name omit the domain name Then the server appends the domain name automatically Only insert the name into the FROM section name domainname com 25 3 Name of the E Mail Template File The e mail template is an ASCII file It is stored in the EMAIL directory The pattern of the E Mail file name is email xyz cfg xyz represents the number of the e mail template This number can be a value between 0 and 255 Thus a maximum of 256 e mail templates is possible Examples email 1l cfg etc email 255 cfg 203 25 E Mail 204 JetWeb 25 4 Sending E Mails An e mail is sent using the following command JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 110 x y JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 110 x y x specifies the number of the register that contains the number of the E mail to be sent The number of the e mail is part of the e mail file name email_0 cfg to email 255 cfg y stands for the register number that contains the function result The following results are possible
42. Ethernet Interface of the JC 647 module Jetter AG 101 16 Ethernet Connection JetWeb 16 2 Connection between JetControl 647 and PC Direct connection between a PC and a JC 647 is established by means of a crossover cable PC JetControl 647 Crossover cable Fig 34 Ethernet Connection between PC and JetControl 16 3 Connection between JetControl Switch and PC If connection between a PC and a JetControl 647 is established through a switch then straight through cables have to be used JetControl 647 me Die 66 He mE 4 JetControl 647 TM ie U Oo lla o ble ce et aie o gt i Fig 35 Ethernet Connection between JetControl and Switch 102 Jetter AG JetControl 647 16 4 Connection via Several Switches 16 4 Connection via Several Switches The switches have to be interconnected by means of crossover cables The connections between JetControl and switch as well as between PC and switch have to be made through straight through cables JetControl 647 Crossover cable Fig 36 Ethernet Connection Switch to switch 7 Note 27 A Terminals have to be interconnected by means of crossover cables PC to PC JetControl to PC JetControl to JetControl etc Terminals with infrastructu
43. FALSE Flag set gt Display TRUE 219 26 HTTP Server 220 Inputs JetWeb The variable name begins with a capital I followed by the input number Example XJC DTAG name I105 type STRING gt Result The state of input 105 is inserted into the page as ON or OFF string The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type has been specified Format Meaning BOOL Input inactive Display 0 Input active Display 1 STRING Input inactive Display OFF Input active Display ON Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 26 2 Serverside Includes Outputs The variable name begins with a capital O followed by the output number Example 1 XJC DTAG name O105 type BOOL gt Result The state of output 105 CPU is represented as 1 or O Example 2 XJC DTAG name O105 type STRING format fH gt Result The state of output 105 is represented as ON or OFF The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type has been specified Format Meaning BOOL Output inactive Display 0 Output active gt Display 1 STRING Output inactive gt Display OFF Output active gt Display ON 221 26 HTTP Server 222 JetWeb Indirect Access Indirect access is realized by inserting the capital letter P in front of the variable name P stands for Pointer Access is now realized indirectly by the cont
44. Jetter AG 8 MB to 512 MB with Compact Flash Interface 23 2 Overview of Functions JetWeb 24 Jetter AG JetControl 647 3 Design of the JC 647 166 0 gt gt 160 0 gt gt A IL Ho Jeter m Nue 1002 200 sOOs H 7008 t i OO H eOQom FG 5e c L 4 2 Submodule N socket 3 Fl 3 e E 6 o amp Lf H e d Submodule m socket 2 3 r3 D 5 4 E nf E E 2 o 4 xe D I e Submodule N T Hr socket 1 jg bs 4 z a r2 JC 647 JC 647 i Hi v v 1 m t 12TE 60 6 o li IT eese Ene 1 Connector the basic housing RM 5 08 2 Plug connector type C 96 pin 3 Sub D connector female 4 Socket connector for submodule sockets 1 to 3 5 Plug connector for submodule JX6 116 or JX6 O16 6 Mini DIN jack connec tor 7 Plug connector f r PC Card Fig 4 Front Side and Top Views of the JC
45. Jetter AG 85 15 Serial Interfaces JetWeb 15 1 Programming Interface PC This interface serves for communication between the JC 647 and the PC on which the JetSym programming interface is installed The connection is realized by means of a programming cable The interface is an RS 232 serial interface Pin Assignment 8 Pin Miniature DIN Jack PC View Pin Signal Comment 1 gt 2 GND Reference potential 3 4 RXD RS 232 5 z 6 DC 24 V Power Supply for HMI T 8 TxD RS 232 15 1 1 Description of Connections Specification of Connectors On the controller side 8 pin miniature DIN male connector Type KMDLA 8P By KYCON Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 128 0 051 mm On the PC side 9 pin female SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 3 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Max cable length 15 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area shield twisted clamped under the strain relief clamps and wrapped with copper foil 86 Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 1 Programming Interface PC Programming Cable JN PK Controller Shield PC Connect shield with the greatest possi
46. N SEND REGISTER and N GET REGISTER The master controller can write values into registers of slave controllers by using the following instruction JetSym N SEND REGISTER To Network No from lt SourceReg No to lt DestReg No gt JetSym ST N SEND VALUE To Network No from SourceReg No to DestReg No gt Network No Network No stands for the network number of the slave controller to be addressed via the network lt Source Reg Here the number of the register is specified the value of which is to be transmitted to a slave via the network Destination Reg Here the number of the register is specified into which the value from the master controller is to be transmitted This register is located on the slave controller with the slave number Network No Example N SEND REGISTER 3 100 200 Following this instruction the value in register 100 of the master controller is entered into register 200 of the slave controller with the network number 3 Jetter AG JetControl 647 E Jetter AG 20 4 Network Operation with 50000 Numbers 20 3 2 N_GET_REGISTER By using the following instruction the master controller can write values into registers of slave controllers JetSym N GET REGISTER From Network No from lt SourceReg No to DestReg No JetSym ST N GET VALUE From Network No from lt SourceReg No to lt DestReg No Network No Network No stands for the network number
47. Quantity of input 0 125 registers 9 Input source register remote number 10 Input destination local register number 225 27 RemoteScan 11 12 13 Parameter 2 Potential errors Error code 0 1 2 3 4 10 JetWeb Number of the first register of the status register block Timeout in ms Communication unit 2 Address Modbus TCP IP address Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Meaning No error Protocol not supported Set quantity of communication units 10 Invalid address or port number Invalid register number RemoteScan is already running Note N N Pi With modules without input or output registers the corresponding quantity has to be set to 0 fthe configuration comprises inputs and outputs the outputs are sent first then the inputs are read The address always the first entry of a communication unit has to be specified directly It cannot be specified using names Status register block The number of the first register of the status register block consisting of 3 consecutive registers has to be specified in the description block of each communication unit Offset 11 24 Error messages of this communication unit are stored to this block when RemoteScan is running 226 Jetter AG JetControl 647 27 1 Special System Functions The status register block has the following structure Reg
48. Slave D CAN2 Master Slave JX6 SB Master Master 19 1 1 Operating Mode Master Slave JX6 SB Number of modules connected to the bus Operating Mode Master Slave JX6 SB Maximum amount of JX2 I O Modules 31 Maximum amount of JX2 Slave modules 8 JX6 SB I required Maximum number of JX SIO modules or 10 third party modules limited by the maximum amount of lOs of the JX6 SB module Total amount of lOs 496 Important When designing and configuring the JETTER system bus attention must be paid not to exceed the maximum amount of IOs Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 1 Technical Data Third party Modules Connected to the System Bus Manufacturer Product Designation Burkert GmbH amp Co KG Valve terminal type 8640 Festo AG amp Co Valve Terminals CPV10 GE CO2 8 CPV14 GE CO2 8 CPV18 GE CO2 8 CPX FB14 SMC Pneumatik GmbH SI Unit EX120 SCA1 121 SCA1 EX122 SCA EX250 SCA1 Jenaer Antriebstechnik Ecostep Drives e 100 AA 000 e 100 LA 000 e 100 PA 000 e 200 000 200 000 e 200 ZA 000 e 200 QA 000 e 216 AA 000 216 PA 000 e 216 ZA 000 e 216 QA 000 Werner Riester GmbH amp Co KG Milan Drives MI 1 5 075 MI 2 090 MI 4 110 Lenze GmbH amp Co KG Special Fieldbus Function Module Type 2175 SW Version 1 0 Supported basic devices 8201 8204 8211 8218 8221 8227 8241 8246 8200 vect
49. Specification of Connectors On the controller side 8 pin miniature DIN male connector Type KMDLA 8P By KYCON Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 128 0 051 mm On the HMI side e 15 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 6 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Cable length X m Max cable length 400 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area shield twisted clamped under the strain relief clamps and wrapped with copper foil Jetter AG 89 15 Serial Interfaces JetWeb HMI Cable JN DK Xm Controller Shield HMI Connect shield with the greatest possible surface area Use metallized housing only Pin Signal Pin 6 DC 24V 15 2 GND 12 5 SDB RDB 6 7 SDA RDA 7 3 RDB SDB 4 1 RDA SDA 5 7 Note M It is recommended to buy the cables from Jetter 15 3 2 HMI Cable KAY_0386 xxxx Specification of Connector Socket On the controller side 8 pin miniature DIN male connector Type KMDLA 8P By KYCON Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 128 0 051 mm 90 Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 3 HMI LCD Interface On the HMI side e 15 pin f
50. Toggle switch position when switching on Meaning of register 62976 Possible toggle switch positions 0 Stop 1 2 Run Jetter AG 325 32 Special Registers 32 16 Timer Registers JetWeb Register 63892 Start delay Function Description Read Currently set value Write Set delay time Value range 0 through 300 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63892 When the controller is powered on i e is supplied with a voltage of 24 V then a delay time is running This time can be specified in register 63892 The modules at the system bus are initialized and the application program is started only after expiry of this time Only the red LED ERR is lit while this time is elapsing The value in register 63892 specified the delay time in multiples of 100 ms The min value is 0 function disabled The max value is 300 i e 30 seconds Register 61806 User time base Function Description Read Set time in milliseconds Write New time in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 100 Meaning of register 61806 Register 61806 is the time base of the DELAY instruction By default 100 ms are set as time base Thus DELAY 10 corresponds to one second Note Very small time units mean additional handling effort for the operating system Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 17 General Registers 32 1
51. a file Data files reading values from a file Data files deleting a file Sending e mail Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 33 3 Format Conversion 33 3 Format Conversion Special Function 4 BCD to Binary no sign Function 4 BCD gt HEX Conversion Value range of argument BCD number with four decimal places binary coded fractional number Value range of the result Binary number in hexadecimal format Computing time Approx 5 us Meaning This function can be used for example to convert multi digit BCD switches which are connected to digital inputs into internal binary notation Special Function 5 Binary to BCD Function 5 HEX gt BCD conversion Value range of argument Binary number in hexadecimal format Value range of the result BCD number with four decimal places Computing time Approx 5 us Meaning This function can be used for example to convert a numeric value for output on a BCD display which is connected to digital inputs 333 33 Special Functions JetWeb 33 4 Arithmetic Functions 7 Note N 27 On principle it is permitted to specify integer registers for parameter transfer or for the result In most cases this makes no sense due to the value range Special Function 20 Square Root Function 20 Square Root Value range of argument 0 and positive numbers Value range of the result 0 and positive nu
52. allow to shift the flag area reflecting the key status of the HMls within the whole flag range of the controller The flag area for keys is calculated by the following formula Flag area for keys basic number 160 223 7 Note M A M The value following a reset maps the keys of all HMIs into the standard flag area for single display mode i e from flag 2160 through 2223 Example Following a reset the F1 key is mapped to flag 2201 since the basic number is 2000 288 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61796 Register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 1 Function Description Read Set register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 1 Write Defining a register the bits of which control the LEDs of HMI 1 Value range 0 through 20479 61488 Value after reset 61488 Register 61797 Register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 2 Function Description Read Set register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 2 Write Defining a register the bits of which control the LEDs of HMI 2 Value range 0 through 20479 61488 Value after reset 61488 Register 61798 Register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 3 Function Description Read Set register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 3 Write Defining a register the bits of which control the LEDs of HMI 3 Value range 0 through 20479 61488 Value after rese
53. allows access to directories and files of the flash disk integrated into the JC 647 using an FTP client Apart from the command line FTP cline which comes with many PC operating systems graphic FTP tools can be used as well 22 2 1 Log In To have access to the file system via FTP the FTP client must log in and enter the user name and password In its original configuration the controller is provided with a user account with administrators rights User admin Password admin Via user administration of the file system this password can be modified and new users can be added cf chapter 23 2 User Administration on page 189 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 22 3 HTTP Server 22 2 2 Key Instructions Overview of the most important instructions supported by the FTP server Transferring files from and to the controller using the instructions RETR and STOR Deleting files using the instruction DELE Creating and deleting directories using the instructions MKD and RMD Changing the current directory using the instruction CWD Example CWD EMAIL or CWD back to the root directory Displaying files and subdirectories of the current directory using the instruction LIST Directory names are separated by a slash not by a backslash V Casesensitivity EMAIL is not Email 22 3 HTTP Server The HTTP server can be accessed via standard browser Here it may also be necessary depending on the file system c
54. and 1 to 0 Electrical isolation None Important If a line with reverse polarity is connected to a digital input the input will be H destroyed Caution Jetter AG 65 11 Digital Inputs 11 2 Meaning of LEDs JetWeb Fig 16 1 Terminal for digital inputs 1 through 8 2 Terminal for digital inputs 9 through 16 Digital Input LEDs of the JC 647 LEDs of Digital Inputs Designation Colour Function IN 1 16 yellow Digital input 1 through 16 ON Signal voltage ON OFF Signal voltage OFF 66 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 11 3 Description of Connections 11 3 Description of Connections Terminal Specifications e 8 pole terminal block COMBICON RM 5 08 for printed circuit boards Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 2 5 mm Bladed screw driver 0 6 x 3 5 x 100 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Not needed Cable Shielding Not needed Pin Assignment of 8 pin Plug for Terminal Blocks View Pin Signal Comment 16 Digital input 16 re 16 15 Digital input 15 He 14 Digital input 14 lo je 13 Digital input 13 Elo f 12 Digital input 12 11 Digital input 11 nli 10 Digital input 10 IE 9 Digital input 9 8 Digital input 8 8 7 Digital input 7 6 Digital input 6
55. applicable Remove the 2 pin terminal block 3 of the external voltage supply of the outputs and the two 8 pin terminal blocks 3 of the digital outputs 1 to 16 or the two 8 pin terminals 4 of the digital inputs 33 to 48 see Fig 9 Optional 1 Digital outputs 1 16 Jx6 rack with ext power supply e g JX6 Basis 4 of outputs 3 2 Digital inputs 33 48 4 po I Digital inputs 1 16 2 Power supply basic module 1 Fig 9 Top and Side Views of the JX6 Rack Jetter AG 39 6 Installation Guide JetWeb Remove all Sub D connectors 4 plugged into the JC 647 module These connectors are located on the front side of the controller module a Remove all miniature DIN connectors 5 plugged into the JC 647 module These connectors are located on the front side of the controller module gt Use a screwdriver to loosen the four screws 6 connecting the JC 647 module with the JX6 rack refer to Fig 10 Pull the JC 647 module out of the JX6 rack using the two handles 7 see Fig 10 9 au 7 Fig 10 Front View of the JX6 Rack with Modules 40 Jetter AG JetControl 647 6 2 Installing the JC 647 Module 6 2 Installing the JC 647 Module Procedure Install in reverse order of deinstallation ES Important Be sure to plug the green screw plug connectors
56. as DELEOL by special register 61461 and as DELSCR by special register 61462 see also Page 290 In this case the two characters and serve as control characters for text output The character deletes the rest of a line starting from the present cursor position If this character is to be displayed the character code for DELEOL can be modified in special register 61461 When the character is used the displayed text is first deleted and then the given text is displayed starting from cursor position 1 irrespective of the specified parameter This character is only useful when it is placed atthe beginning of the text Else the first part of the text would be displayed first and would then be deleted immediately If this character is to be displayed the character code for DELSCR can be modified in special register 61462 Example 1 JetSym DISPLAY TEXT 0 0 Actualposition JetSym ST DISPLAY TEXT 0 0 Actualposition By using this instruction the entire LCD display is deleted first and Actual position is then displayed on the upper line of the display beginning of text when cursor position 1 The cursor position could be any other number because this number is ignored after the DELSCR character The following display will appear Actual Pos Example 2 JetSym DISPLAY TEXT 0 25 Set Position JetSym ST DISPLAY TEXT 0 25 Set Position After issuing this instruction the te
57. be determined whether a PC card is plugged correctly whether the operating system of the JC 647 has detected the card and whether card initialization is completed The registers on the PC card can only be used when register 61445 contains the value 3 This is also the case for the three registers described in the following which only contain valid values if register 61445 3 Jetter AG 59 8 PC Card 60 JetWeb Register 61446 indicates various status messages from the PC card This register is bit coded Bit 7 Always 0 Bit 6 Always 0 Bit 5 Battery status 11 ok Bit 4 10 Replace battery data ok 01 Battery empty data not ok 00 Battery empty data not ok Bit 3 1 card is write protected Bit 2 1 7 card is ready Bit 1 00 card is inserted correctly 01 card is inserted incorrectly Bit 0 10 card is inserted incorrectly 11 card is inserted incorrectly If the card is active with CIS CIS Card Information Structure according to PCMCIA then register 61690 contains the device ID from tuple 01 device info 1 The device ID contains coded information about the device type RAM EPROM Flash etc handling of the write protect switch and access speed For cards before PCMCIA V2 1 CIS need not necessarily be used If the card is active with CIS according to PCMCIA then register 61691 contains the device size byte from tuple 01 device info 1 from which the memory size
58. counted Reg 63794 Command 11 E 101 Digital w c Reg 63769 0 Reg 63794 Command 10 Reg 63794 Command 11 E 102 Digital 63769 Counter 2 63794 10 63768 Counter Reg 63794 content Command 11 E 103 Digital BU eee Reg 63769 Counter 3 Reg 63794 Command 10 Reg 63794 Command 11 E 104 Digital oe Reg 63769 3 Reg 63794 Command 10 Fig 26 Overview of Counters 81 14 Counters 82 JetWeb 14 2 Meaning of Registers Register 63794 Instruction Register Function Description Read Last command Write Command to activate and deactivate the four counters Value range 10 11 Value after reset 0 Commands 10 Activating the four counters Digital input 101 is connected with counter 1 Digital input 102 is connected with counter 2 Digital input 103 is connected with counter 3 Digital input 104 is connected with counter 4 11 Deactivating the four counters Digital inputs 101 through 104 are digital inputs of the PLC Register 63769 Counter Selection Register Function Description Read Selected counter Write Select counter Value range 0 through 3 Value after reset 0 Setting Select counter 0 Counter 1 selected 1 Counter 2 selected 2 Counter 3 selected 3 Counter 4 selected Jetter AG JetControl 647 14 2 Meaning of Registers R
59. into the correct receptacles Connectors plugged into the wrong socket may cause malfunctions and even may destroy the control system Connectors are easily plugged into the wrong sockets by mistake especially if they are located close to each other To avoid this Jetter AG provides a package of keying pins as standard with each control system When properly installed these keying pins prevent from plugging connectors incorrectly A suggestion for inserting the keying pins is described in chapter 6 3 Using the keying pins on page 42 Be sure to supply the JC 647 module with voltage after its installation in the JX6 rack Otherwise the control system will not be ready for operation Jetter AG 41 6 Installation Guide JetWeb 6 3 Using the keying pins A package of keying pins is provided with the control system These keying pins are intended to prevent from incorrect plugging of screw terminals ES Important Screw terminals plugged into the wrong socket may result in malfunctions and even may destroy the control system The proper usage of keying pins is described below Appearance The keying pin consists of two parts For an illustration of these two parts see Fig 11 Keying pin part 1 for Keying pin part 2 for screw plug connector COMBICON basic COMBICON RM 5 08 housing RM 5 08 e tt Fig 11 Wheel of keying pins provided with the control system Coding a plug connector Fig 12 gives an example of the ke
60. local registers to registers of another controller COPY TO IP Address Source Reg Destination Reg Number of Registers Port No lt Mode gt lt IP address gt IP Address stands for the IP address of the controller to be addressed via the Ethernet network Source Reg Here the number of the first register is specified whose value is to be transmitted to a controller via the network which is to be selected through Port No Destination Reg Here the number of the register is specified into which the content of the register specified by Source Reg is to be transmitted This register is located on the controller which is addressed by this network instruction Number of Registers This parameter specifies the number of registers to be copied block by block Port No Atthe moment only port number 3 is available that is the Ethernet network JetIP Mode The default mode is 1 A detailed description will be given below The register numbers for source and destination registers can be specified directly indirectly or double indirectly The value range of the parameters for the N COPY TO instruction is between 0 and 4 294 967 296 Mode The following modes are possible Mode Meaning The source register is directly addressed 0 With Number of registers 1 the Source Reg remains constant see example 1 1 With Number of registers 1 the So
61. must be an ASCII file The E Mail file itself is an ASCII file that can be created with any ASCII editor for example the Windows Editor Actual controller values can be integrated into the E Mail text via tag functions Real time states of the process can be transmitted via e mail using these tag functions For more information on e mail refer to chapter 25 E Mail on page 201 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 23 1 Properties 23 File System 23 1 Properties The file system of the JetControl 647 is for managing the built in flash disk This file System consists of system directories which cannot be deleted by the user and an area which is available to the user The size of this area is JetControl 647 2 MBytes Properties directory levels 1 file level Directory or file names with a maximum length of 63 characters Maximum number of simultaneously opened files 8 e Case sensitivity Directory names are separated by a slash not by a backslash For directory and file names all characters are allowed excluding and Date time file size apart from system files User access administration for a maximum number of 31 locks and 32 users 23 2 User Administration The JetControl file system offers the possibility to define authorization for access locks to flash disk directories as well as to set up users with specific permissions keys Such settings can be made in various configura
62. of the card in the common memory range can be determined For cards before PCMCIA V2 1 CIS need not necessarily be used Jetter AG JetControl 647 9 RUN STOP LOAD Switch 11 RUN STOP LOAD switch LED RUN ERR1 PC CARD Fig 14 RUN STOP LOAD Switch of the JC 647 Module Switch Position Meaning RUN Application program is running when the controller is switched on STOP Application program is not running when the controller is switched on LOAD Application program is stopped Operating system update is possible 7 Note N A The switch is scanned when the controller is switched Actuating the switch during operation of the controller is ignored Jetter AG 61 9 RUN STOP LOAD Switch JetWeb LEDs Designation Colour Function RUN green ON Operating system and application program running Flashing Application program not running ERR1 red ON Operating system error error code in reg 61477 PC CARD yellow ON PC card is plugged and activated 62 Jetter AG JetControl 647 10 1 Requirements 10 Power Supply 10 1 Requirements Power Supply Unit Requirements Voltage Range DC 20 30 V Residual ripple lt 5 filtered Power consumption Depending on the number of attached submodules approx 10 15 W Important The maximum supply voltage must not exceed DC 30 V since higher supp
63. of 40 15 F keys with Backlit RS 422 characters LED Page 91 each 1 Info key 18 2 Description of Connections For connecting HMls to the LCD input of the JC 647 the cables listed in the table in chapter 18 1 Technical Data on page 137 are used 138 Jetter AG JetControl 647 18 3 Multi Display Mode 18 3 Multi Display Mode Multi display mode allows a JC 647 controller to be operated with up to four LCD HMIs When doing so the same or different texts and or register contents can be displayed on the various HMls Specific parameters for the LCD HMI used are described in the corresponding Operator s Manual p An individual number must be assigned to each LCD HMI If only one LCD HMI is used value 0 is always assigned If more than one LCD HMI is used a value between 1 and 4 is assigned to each LCD HMI starting with 1 In this case a display with 1 must exist The display with number 1 is the master LCD After power up only the first LCD HMI is synchronized with the JC 647 controller The other LCDs remain inactive until they receive command signals 7 Note 27 A User input and monitor mode which is invoked by pressing the key I O can be activated at the same time only for one display 7 Note M A The voltage for several LCD HMls cannot be supplied anymore from the controller only Therefore the LCD HMls need to be supplied by a separate power supply with a DC voltag
64. of the slave controller to be addressed via the network Source Reg Here the number of the register is specified from which the value is to be transmitted to the master controller This register is located on the slave controller with the slave number Network No e Destination Reg Here the number of the master controller register is specified into which the value from the slave controller is to be transmitted Example N GET REGISTER 3 200 100 Following this instruction the value in register 200 of the slave controller with the network number 3 is entered into register 100 of the master controller 20 4 Network Operation with 50000 Numbers Important Network operation with numbers in the 50000 range is not supported by JC 647 175 20 Network Operation JetWay JetWeb 176 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 21 1 Setting the IP Address 21 Network Operation via Ethernet Apart from the serial interfaces PC LCD NET1 and NET2 the JC 647 controller is equipped with an ETHERNET interface 21 1 Setting the IP Address The JC 647 is delivered with the following IP address 192 168 1 1 Note When changing the IP address always all the four registers must be written Important Once the values have been entered into the registers 63816 through 63819 the IP address is accepted immediately It is not recommended to change the IP address via the Ethernet network since the controller cannot be a
65. point decimal STRING Text variable 207 25 E Mail 208 JetWeb 25 6 3 Register Bit Variable The variable name begins with a capital B followed by the register number The number of the bit is indicated by a preceding period Example 1 lt JW DTAG name B100 2 type STRING gt Result The state of bit 2 of register 100 is inserted into the e mail as TRUE or FALSE Example 2 XJW DTAG name B100 0 gt Result The state of bit 0 of register 100 is inserted into the e mail as 0 or 1 The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type was specified Format Meaning BOOL Bit reset gt Display 0 Bit set gt Display 1 STRING Bit reset gt Display FALSE Bit set gt Display TRUE Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 6 Transmission of Controller Values 25 6 4 Flags The variable name begins with a capital F followed by the flag number Example 1 XJW DTAG name F100 type STRING gt Result The state of flag 100 is inserted into the e mail as TRUE or FALSE string Example 2 lt JW DTAG name F100 type STRING format 4 gt Result The state of flag 100 is inserted into the e mail as T or F string The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type was specified Format Meaning BOOL Flag reset gt Display 0 Flag set gt Display 1 STRING Flag reset gt Display FALSE Flag set
66. the page When the page is loaded into the browser the HTTP server replaces the Data Tags in the Body section of the page once by current controller values _ Note L To refresh the controller values the HTML page must be reloaded Jetter AG 215 26 HTTP Server JetWeb 26 2 1 Name Space Tag The Name Space Tag must be the first entry in the HTML file Its structure is as follows lt NS DTAG xmlns NS http jetter de ssi jetcontrol Here NS represents the Name Space A character string with a maximum length of 63 characters can be chosen for the name space The Name Space introduced here will be used again for the subsequent Data Tags The remaining parts of the line are fixed and have to be specified in exactly the same manner In the following examples JC is used for Name Space 26 2 2 Data Tag All data tags begin with the following string lt NS DTAG They are completed by gt Variables can be defined within these delimiters Format Definition The appearance of the different variables or the number of places can be influenced by means of the variable Format When specifiying the format the number of digits characters representing a variable can be defined by the character e Prefixing a zero 0 suppresses the output of leading zeroes applies to the register types INT INTX and REAL Prefixing a plus sign suppresses the output of a sign applies
67. to assign a name instead of a number The name has first to be defined in the file keys ini Example LOCKS test1 0 test1 sub1 0 testl sub2 5 test2 userl 190 Jetter AG JetControl 647 23 2 User Administration 23 2 2 Key Names File The file system supports up to 31 different user locks keys which are consecutively numbered from 1 to 31 To provide ease of handling a name can be assigned to each lock key combination in this file The names have to be unambiguously and may comprise of a maximum of 15 alphanumeric characters To access a subdirectory protected by a lock users have to use the matching key Lock and key have the same name File The lock and key names are entered into the section KEYS of the file keys ini The names defined here can be used for creating locks and users once the file has been transferred and the controller has been rebooted Example KEYS KEYOl1 admin KEY02 os KEY03 KEY04 KEY05 KEY06 07 KEY08 KEY09 KEY10 user1 KEY11 user2 KEY12 KEY13 KEY14 user5 KEY15 KEY16 KEY17 KEY18 KEY19 KEY20 KEY21 KEY22 KEY23 KEY24 KEY25 KEY26 KEY27 KEY28 KEY29 KEY30 KEY31 Jetter AG 191 23 File System JetWeb 23 2 3 User File The file system supports up to 32 users Each user is provided with unambiguous name with up to 31 alphanumeric characters password with up to 31 alphanumeric characters asetofup to 31 read access keys ase
68. to the register types INT and REAL A positive value is preceded by a A negative value is preceded by a as usual e Prefixing a space character suppresses the output of a space character for positive values applies to the register types INT and REAL A positive value is preceded by a space character A negative value is preceded by a as usual Furthermore values can be modified by a factor and an offset If these variables have been defined the value is multiplied by the factor first then the offset is added 216 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 26 2 Serverside Includes Register Text Variable The variable name begins with a capital R followed by the register number Example 1 lt JC DTAG name R100 type INT gt Result The content of register 100 is inserted into the e mail as integer number Example 2 XJC DTAG name R62210 type REAL format 0 factor 1 5 offset z 500 Result The content of register 62210 is multiplied by 1 5 Next 500 is added to the product and the result is inserted into the page with sign and at least four integer positions if necessary with leading zeroes and three decimal positions The following formats are possible INT is the default type if no type has been defined Format Meaning INT Integer decimal INTX Integer hexadecimal INTB Integer binary BOOL Register content 0 gt Result
69. used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used used 999659665 m blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked blocked 7T S M 0M M M M used 2 blocked 1 free Example Name flash disk Date 13 05 2002 Time 13 07 Tracks 33 Track 0 sectors 128 Track 1 sectors 128 Track 2 sectors 128 Track 3 sectors 128 Track 4 sectors 128 Track 5 sectors 128 Track 6 sectors 128 Track 7 sectors 128 Track 8 sectors 128 Track 9 sectors 128 Track 10 sectors 128 Track 11 sectors 128 Track 12 sectors 128 Track 13 sectors 128 Track 14 sectors 128 Track 15 sectors 128 Track 16 sectors 128 Track 17 sectors 128 Track 18 sectors 128 Track 19 sectors 128 Track 20 sectors 128 Track 21 sectors 128 Track 22 sectors 128 Track 23 sectors 128 Track 24 sectors 128 Track 25 sectors 128 Tr
70. voltage of 42 4 V This voltage is either measured between two conductors or between one conductor and earth The circuit in which this voltage occurs must be separated from the mains power supply by a safety isolating transformer or some equivalent Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A TCP IP protocol for sending messages from one computer to another on a network This protocol is used on the Internet to route e mail specific Synchronous Serial Interface 373 Appendices 374 SUB D SYMPAS TCP TCP IP tr tn typ Units dB Hz MHz min mm mm ms Us C JetWeb Type name of a plug in connector Symbolic program processing language Symbolische Programmablaufsprache Transmission Control Protocol The protocol within TCP IP that governs the breakup of data messages into packets to be sent via IP and the reassembly and verification of the complete messages from packets received by IP Acronym for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol A protocol for communications between computers which has become the de facto standard for data transmission over networks including the Internet Rise time of burst Total duration of burst typical Ampere electric current Dezibel gram Hertz Megahertz 1 MHz 10 Hz Meter Minute Millimeter 1 mm 10 m square millimeter Second Millisecond 1 ms 10 s Mikrosecond 1 us 10 s Volt electric voltage Watt
71. 0 25 1 The E Mail INI file The e mail function is initialized during boot up of the controller based on the contents of the file EMAIL email ini This file is a pure text file which is compatible with Windows INI files The email ini file is divided into different sections SMTP IP 192 169 40 1 PORT 25 HELO JetControll In section SMTP the IP address and port number of the SMTP server are specified and the parameter of the HELO command is defined The entries for PORT and HELO are optional The standard port number 25 is used if no port is specified in the SMTP section The HELO name has a maximum length of 63 characters If HELO has not been defined the entry FROM of the corresponding e mail is used for the HELO command The IP address can be specified by entering a name which is then resolved by means of the file etc hosts DEFAULT MAILCFG email default cfg In the section DEFAULT the name of an e mail template file is specified which contains default settings for e mails The settings made here will be used when sending an e mail if the corresponding section in an e mail template has not been defined POP3 IP 192 169 40 1 Port 110 USER testuser PASSWORD test Jetter AG 201 25 E Mail 202 JetWeb Some e mail servers require the e mail client to log on via POP3 service before e mails can be sent to the server The port number can be specified as an option If no port number has been specified
72. 0 Register content 0 gt Result 1 REAL Floating point decimal STRING Text variable 217 26 HTTP Server 218 Register Bit Variable JetWeb The variable name begins with a capital B followed by the register number The number of the bit is indicated by a preceding period Example 1 XJC DTAG name B100 2 type STRING gt Result The state of bit 2 of register 100 is represented as TRUE or FALSE Example 2 XJC DTAG name B100 0 Result The state of bit 0 of register 100 is represented as 0 or 1 The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type has been specified Format Meaning BOOL Bit reset gt Display 0 Bit set gt Display 1 STRING Bit reset gt Display FALSE Bit set gt Display TRUE Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 26 2 Serverside Includes Flags The variable name begins with a capital F followed by the flag number Example 1 lt JC DTAG name 100 type STRING gt Result The state of flag 100 is inserted into the page as TRUE or FALSE string Example 2 XJC DTAG name F100 type STRING format d gt Result The state of flag 100 is inserted into the page as T or F string The following formats are possible BOOL is the default type if no type has been specified Format Meaning BOOL Flag reset gt Display 0 Flag set gt Display 1 STRING Flag reset gt Display
73. 0 V signal is applied is located in the switch cabinet Jx6 rack e g JX6 Basis 4 OV terminal strip External o power supply unit 24 V As o Bis S mimi Power supply of 647 Digital inputs 1 16 External power supply of digital outputs Digital outputs 1 16 meme letejpelejelejetegelele 00510 1 2 3 4 Fig 25 External circuit of the digital outputs 11 and 15 13 4 Numbering system of digital outputs Numbering system of digital outputs Digital output JX6 O16 Address Number Output 1 100 1 Output 2 100 2 Output 16 100 16 Jetter AG 79 13 Submodule JX6 016 80 JetWeb Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 14 1 Overview of Functions 14 Counters 14 1 The JC 647 is equipped with four counters The digital inputs 101 through 104 serve as inputs for counters 1 through 4 After activation of the counters the counting pulse present at inputs 101 through 104 go to the counter Inputs 101 through 104 can in any case be used as digital inputs of the PLC Overview of Functions There is a shared register for the counters from which the counter contents can be read The respective counter must have been selected before the counter contents is read The sampling interval for each counter is 1 kHz Thus pulses up to a frequency of approx 500 Hz can be
74. 0 to 63 Example Command Register of the JX6 SB Submodule Command 30 is to be entered into register 1 of port 1 command register The JX6 SB I submodule is located in socket 2 on the JC 647 REGISTER LOAD 112101 30 Jetter AG 161 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 162 System Bus Special Registers By way of example REG 3m02zzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number Always 2 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB I submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth digit is always 2 The digits five six and seven zzz specify the actual register number One of the 100 possible registers will be selected by the register number zzz Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB 1 Register Area for 2 Modules By way of example REG 3m03xxz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number IO module number minus 2 Always 3 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with t
75. 2 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers If rResult is an integer register the value 5 is assigned to it since the floating point constant causes a switchover to floating point calculations Then the result of the calculation 4 8 is rounded up as it is assigned to an integer register If rResult is a floating point register local or located on an expansion module the value 4 8 is assigned JetSym In JetSym the following instructions are used for calculations REG lt RegNo gt REGZERO lt RegNo gt REGDEC lt RegNo gt REGINC lt RegNo gt SHIFT LEFT lt RegNo gt lt Amount gt SHIFT RIGHT lt RegNo gt lt Amount gt Note is possible for all six instructions to specify the register number indirectly which is the only parameter to be specified The instructions SHIFT LEFT and SHIFT RIGHT are new ones Iv Arithmetic spf Ol x ASK t rithmeticDemo REG rResult REG r ddendl REG Addend2 REG rMinuend REG rDivisor Fig 43 Example of Register Arithmetic JetSym 115 17 Software Programming JetWeb 116 The REG lt RegNo gt Instruction This instruction obtains direct access to the value of a register and can be dealt with like a variable In an output instruction a certain value is assigned to the register left to the equals sign In an input condition the content of the register is read and no value is assigned I
76. 2 6 3 Page 318 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Interface Activity Monitoring 61470 New Image of flags 2080 1 0 255 through 2087 2 0 3 Page 319 61471 New Image of flags 2088 1 0 255 through 2095 2 0 3 Page 320 63980 New Ethernet Monitoring 1 0 65 535 Time JetIP 2 0 3 Page 322 63981 New PC monitoring time 1 0 65 535 pcom5 2 0 3 Page 322 63982 New LCD monitoring time 1 0 65 535 pcom5 2 0 3 Page 322 63983 New Monitoring time NET 1 1 0 65 535 JETWay 2 0 3 Page 322 63984 New Monitoring time NET 2 1 0 65 535 JETWay 2 0 3 Page 323 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Status of the application program 61440 Same Status of the 1 0 255 application program 2 Status 3 Page 324 61529 Same Toggle switch position 1 0 255 when switching on 2 Switch position when switching on 3 Page 324 62976 Same Current toggle switch 1 0 255 position 2 Switch position 3 Page 325 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Timer register 63892 New Start delay 1 0 300 2 0 3 Page 326 61645 Same Number of time 1 0 255 registers 2 0 61806 Same User time base in 1 0 65 535 milliseconds 2 100 Time bas
77. 2615 Inputs 357 364 62616 Inputs 401 424 62617 Inputs 409 432 62618 Inputs 417 440 62619 Inputs 425 448 62620 Inputs 433 456 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62621 Inputs 441 464 62622 Inputs 449 464 62623 Inputs 457 464 62624 Inputs 501 524 62625 Inputs 509 532 62626 Inputs 517 540 62627 Inputs 525 548 62628 Inputs 533 556 62629 Inputs 541 564 62630 Inputs 549 564 62631 Inputs 557 564 62632 Inputs 601 624 62633 Inputs 609 632 62634 Inputs 617 640 62635 Inputs 625 648 62636 Inputs 633 656 62637 Inputs 641 664 62638 Inputs 649 664 62639 Inputs 657 664 62640 Inputs 701 724 62641 Inputs 709 732 62642 Inputs 717 740 62643 Inputs 725 748 62644 Inputs 733 756 62645 Inputs 741 764 62646 Inputs 749 764 62647 Inputs 757 764 62648 Inputs 801 824 62649 Inputs 809 832 62650 Inputs 817 840 62651 Inputs 825 848 62652 Inputs 833 856 62653 Inputs 841 864 62654 Inputs 849 864 62655 Inputs 857 864 125 17 Software Programming 126 JetWeb 16 Combined Digital Inputs by the example of register 6252
78. 32 bits Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63020 Set protocol of the RemoteScan function 5 Modbus TCP Register 63021 Amount of communication units Function Description Read Amount of communication units Write Illegal Value range 32 bits Value after reset 0 Register 63022 Activity state Function Description Read 0 not active stopped 1 active running Write Illegal Value range 32 bits Value after reset 0 Jetter AG 305 32 Special Registers 32 9 Data Files The processing state of a file operation and the number of the task carrying out the operation can be read from two registers JetWeb Register 63835 Processingtate Function Description Read Current processing state Write Illegal Value range 0 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63835 Current processing state 0 No file operation in progress 1 Processing transferred to file module 2 Data are being read written 3 File operation completed Register 63836 Task number Function Description Read Number of the task performing a file operation Write Illegal Value range 0 255 Value after reset 255 Meaning of register 63836 This register indicates which task is performing a file operation 0 99 Task number 255 No task 306 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 10 Instru
79. 4 6 Burst mit schnellen Transienten fast transients Test voltage 1 kV tr tn 5 50 ns Repetition rate 5 kHz Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 4 4 Test with damped oscillation Damped sinusoidaloscillation Frequency 1 Mhz Source impedance 200 ohms Repeat Factor 400 s Test voltage 1 kV DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 4 12 EMC Immunity to interference Process measuring and control lines Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product Asymmetric RF amplitude modulated Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz Test voltage 10 V AM 80 with 1 kHz Source impedance 150 ohms Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 6 Burst with fast transients Test voltage 2 kV tr tn 5 50 ns Repetition rate 5 kHz Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 4 4 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG EMC Immunity to interference DC and AC power supply IOs Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product Asymmetric RF amplitude modulated Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz Test voltage 10 V AM 80 with 1 kHz Source impedance 150 ohms Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 6 Burst mit schnellen Transienten fast transients Test voltage 2 kV tr tn 5 50 ns Repetition ra
80. 41000 144999 151000 154999 161000 164999 171000 174999 181000 184999 Area for intelligent submodules 1xyp00 1xyp63 Module slot x 1 8 Submodule socket y 1 3 Port p 1 4 Combined Inputs Outputs RemoteScan JX6 INT JX6 SB I JX6 PROFI 111300 183463 Non intelligent JX2 IO modules Lumberg modules und Smart I O modules connected to JC 647 3102000 3307999 JX2 Slave module and JetMove connected to JC 647 3112100 3319999 2 4 Program Memory and Data Formats Program memory 256 KByte Flash EPROM User register 32 bits 197 607 battery buffered RAM 32 bit registers either application or floating point registers 19 480 battery backed RAM Floating point register 32 bits 255 battery backed RAM Data format 32 bit integer 2 147 483 648 2 147 483 647 32 bit floating point 8 43 10 9 through 3 38 1038 Internal intermediate results 32 bits Jetter AG JetControl 647 2 5 Functional Diagram 2 5 Functional Diagram Function Diagram of JetControl 647 Module bus 1 CON Interface PC Card EN PCI Ethernet 3 Interface mas x86 16 IN RTC 16 OUT Watchdog 1 4 16 IN SRAM Flash 2MB Memory Serial 2MB Fig 3 Functional Diagram
81. 453 Modified Field width for integer 1 0 255 numbers 2 0 3 Page 278 61454 Modified Does not exist Left justified representation 61455 Modified Field width for user 1 0 255 input 2 8 3 Page 282 61781 New Sign suppression 1 0 2 0 3 Page 279 61786 New Entering Fixed Point 1 0 65 535 Numbers 2 1 Divisor 3 Page 280 61976 Same Suggested value for 1 8 388 608 user input 8 388 607 2 0 3 Page 281 63809 New User input of fixed 1 0 65 535 point numbers 2 1 Divisor 3 Page 282 63810 New User input of fixed 1 0 255 point numbers 2 0 Number of decimal 3 Page 283 places 254 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Display 61448 Same Display language 1 0 255 0 German 2 1 1 English 3 Page 285 61461 Same Delete End Of Line 1 0 255 character 2 36 3 Page 290 61462 Same Delete Screen 1 0 255 character 2 95 3 Page 291 61648 Same Indirect cursor position 1 0 255 cp 0 for 2 0 DISPLAY_TEXT and 3 Page 291 DISPLAY_REG 61649 Same Indirect cursor position 1 0 255 cp 0 for 2 0 USER_INPUT 3 Page 292 61653 Same Display time for 1 0 65 535 monitor functions in 2 35 seconds 3 Page 292 61683 Same Text selection for 1 0 255 DISPLAY_TEXT_2 2 0 3 Page 293 61783 New Switching over to 1 0 1 monitor d
82. 48 61689 Submodule type socket 2 R Functional group General Registers Page 48 61690 Device ID from tuple 01 R Functional group PC Card device info 1 Page 60 61691 Device size byte from R Functional group PC Card tuple 01 device info 1 Page 60 61692 Submodule type socket 3 R Functional group General Registers Page 48 61773 Min cycle time in 1 ms R Functional group Task control increments Page 253 Jetter AG 377 Appendices 378 Controller Register Name R Description Number 61774 Max cycle time in 1 ms R Functional group Task control increments Page 253 61777 Cycle time of alltasksin1 Functional group Task control ms increments Page 253 61781 Sign suppression R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 279 61783 Switching over to monitor R Functional group Control of the HMIs display W Page 293 61786 Divisor for the value R Functional group Control of the HMIs output DISPLAY_REG W Page 280 61787 Indirect Buffer Number R Functional group Control of the HMIs for Device 0 W Page 285 61788 Text buffer for HMI 1 R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 286 61789 Text buffer for HMI 2 R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 286 61790 Text buffer for HMI 3 R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 286 61791 Text buffer for HMI 4 R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 287 61792 Basic key
83. 49 564 62887 Outputs 557 564 62888 Outputs 601 624 62889 Outputs 609 632 62890 Outputs 617 640 62891 Outputs 625 648 62892 Outputs 633 656 62893 Outputs 641 664 62894 Outputs 649 664 62895 Outputs 657 664 62896 Outputs 701 724 62897 Outputs 709 732 62898 Outputs 717 740 62899 Outputs 725 748 62900 Outputs 733 756 62901 Outputs 741 764 62902 Outputs 749 764 62903 Outputs 757 764 62904 Outputs 801 824 62905 Outputs 809 832 62906 Outputs 817 840 62907 Outputs 825 848 62908 Outputs 833 856 62909 Outputs 841 864 62910 Outputs 849 864 62911 Outputs 857 864 131 17 Software Programming 132 JetWeb 16 Combined Digital Outputs by the example of register 62784 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 13 14 15 Output 101 102 103 104 105 114 115 116 16 Combined Outputs Registers 62784 Outputs 101 116 62785 Outputs 109 124 62786 Outputs 117 132 62787 Outputs 125 140 62788 Outputs 133 148 62789 Outputs 141 156 62790 Outputs 149 164 62791 Outputs 157 164 62792 Outputs 201 216 62793 Outputs 209 224 62794 Outputs 217 232 62795 Outputs 225 240 62796 Outputs 233 248 62797 Outputs 241 256 62798 Outputs 249 264 62799 Outputs 257 264 62800 Outpu
84. 6 writing registers can be used as acyclic transmission channel to a Modbus TCP server These functions establish a connection to the specified server transmit the desired data and clear down the connection Special Function 65 Reading registers JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 65 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 65 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Using this function a register block from a Modbus TCP server is copied to the registers variables of the local memory Special Function 66 Writing to Registers JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 66 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 66 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Using this function the content of registers variables of the local memory is copied to a register block a Modbus TCP server For more information on Modbus TCP client and server as well as on special functions 65 and 66 refer to chapter 28 Modbus TCP on page 229 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 33 8 RemoteScan 33 8 RemoteScan The configurable RemoteScan function is used to cyclically copy register variable contents from the JetControl to registers variables of network nodes On the other hand they can be read by the nodes and copied into JetControl registers variables The RemoteScan function can be accessed by using special system functions 80 81 and 82 At the moment RemoteScan via Modbus TCP is supported only Special Function 80 Confi
85. 6 Address Number Input 33 100 33 Input 34 100 34 Input 47 100 47 Input 48 100 48 Numbering system of Digital Outputs Digital output JX6 O16 Address Number Output 1 100 1 Output 2 100 2 Output 16 100 16 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 3 Access to Flags 17 3 1 User Flags Flags 1 through 2047 are freely available to the user The flags 256 through 2047 are remanent The remanent flags are overlaid on registers 0 through 74 such that whole flag ranges can be accessed through registers There are many possibilities of bit manipulation in conjunction with the instructions for word processing W AND W OR and W XOR Overlaying of Flags on Registers 17 3 Access to Flags Registers Flags Comment 1 through 255 Available to the user 0 to 74 256 to 2047 Overlay 2048 to 2303 Special Flags Example for overlay Overlaying of user flags with register 0 as example Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 21 22 23 Flags 256 257 258 259 260 277 278 279 17 3 2 Programming by Means of Flags Example 1 A program is to start execution of a process when the start button is pressed and automatic mode is enabled by setting the corresponding flag e g in another task WHEN IN eStartTaste FLAG fAutomaticMode THEN 107 17 Software Programming JetWeb Example 2 Execution of a second task the automatic task is to be started in the main task using a flag TAS
86. 63 63400 63499 112100 112463 63500 63599 113100 113463 49 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 7 4 JX6 AD8 Submodule The JX6 AD8 submodule is used for acquiring analog voltages and currents The resolution of the AD converter is 16 bits Through a configuration the following parameters can be specified Single ended voltage channel with reference to ground Differential voltage channel Single ended current channel with reference to ground Differential current channel Voltage range 10 10 V Current range 20 20 mA Current range 4 20 The JX6 AD8 submodule may be plugged into sockets 1 through 3 of the JC 647 controller For detailed information on the JX6 AD8 submodule refer to the Operator s Manual of the JX6 AD8 submodule 50 Jetter AG JetControl 647 7 4 JX6 AD8 Submodule 7 41 Description of Connections Analog Voltage Channels Pin Assignment Female SUB D connector 15 pins View Pin Signal Comment Single Differenti wu EE s INxB S 1 GND Reference potential 2 IN1 IN1A Analog input S 3 IN2 IN2 A Analog input 8 15 4 IN3 IN3 A Analog input 5 IN4 IN4 A Analog input 6 IN5 IN1B Analog input 7 IN6 IN2 B Analog input 8 IN7 IN3 B Analog input 9 IN8 IN4 B Analog input 10 Not assigned 11 15V Loadability 5 mA 12 15V Loadability 5 mA 13 GND Reference potential 14 Not assigned 15 N
87. 647 Type Dimensions H x W x D in mm 261 8 x 60 6 x 185 JC 647 with 16 digital inputs Can be inserted into module slot 1 of the JX6 rack Jetter AG 25 3 Design of the JC 647 JetWeb 26 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 4 Operating Conditions Operating Parameters of JC 647 mounted in JX6 Basis x rack Power Rating Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product Power Supply Unit Requirements DC 24 V 20 30 V Residual ripple lt 5 filtered Power consumption without LCD options and digital outputs approx 13 W Voltage dips Duration of voltage dips lt 10 ms Severity level PS2 DIN EN 61131 2 Environment Features Value s Preferable reference depending on the standard s product depending on the product Operating 0 50 C Temperature Range Storage Temperature 25 C 70 C DIN EN 61131 2 Range DIN EN 60068 2 1 DIN EN 60068 2 2 Air humidity 5 96 95 96 DIN EN 61131 2 Non condensing Pollution Degree 2 DIN EN 61131 2 Corrosion immunity chemical resistance No special protection against corrosion Ambient air must be free from higher concentrations of acids alcaline solutions corrosive agents salts metal vapours or other corrosive or electrocon ductive contaminants General specificat
88. 668 da 64 67 63 63 17PM 65535 userprog ej2 226 Transfer complete 343 Bytes empfangen in 0 01 Sekunden 34 36 KB s gt Ftp gt put jetterl1 jpg 266 PORT command successful 156 Opening ASCII mode data connection for STOR jpg 226 Transfer complete 5332 Bytes gesendet in 6 66 Sekunden 5332000 00 KB s gt Ftp gt dir 266 PORT command successful 156 Opening ASCII mode data connection for LIST 88 OHAM lt DIR gt System 48 lt DIR gt licenses 11 35AM 1216 index htm 11 56AM lt DIR gt EMAIL 66 66PM lt DIR gt etc 11 16AM 261 Data_21668 da 03 1 7PM 65535 userprog ej2 82 42PM 5332 jetteri jpg 226 Transfer complete 395 Bytes empfangen 1 Sekunden 39 56 KB s Ftp gt bye 211 Goodbye C gt APS See Fig 53 Session using the Windows NT 4 0 FTP Client Jetter AG 199 24 FTP Server JetWeb 200 Jetter AG JetControl 647 25 1 The E Mail INI file 25 E Mail 7 Note M 27 The functions which described this chapter are supported by JetControl 647 controllers with operating system release 3 50 and higher E mails are defined by means of templates which are stored to the controller in the directory EMAIL The EMAIL directory has to be written in capital letters since the controller file system is case sensitive Up to 256 different E Mails can be created and selected for sending e mail transmission is triggered by SPECIALFUNCTION SYSTEMFUNCTION 11
89. 6999 from and to the configured servers One connection is established to each server IP address and port irrespective of the number of communication units configured on this server If several communication units are configured on one server accesses are serialized since servers as a rule do not support command pipelining If several servers have been configured communication is carried out in parallel cf chapter 27 RemoteScan on page 225 Overlaying of inputs outputs on registers Registers Inputs Outputs 66000 14001 14016 66001 14017 14032 66002 14033 14048 etc etc 66375 19999 66998 No assignment 66999 No assignment Note Since the registers and the inputs outputs overlaid on them merely are memory cells located in the RAM and no direct mapping to hardware takes place it is not determined whether a register contains inputs or outputs Assignment is made not until configuration in the communication units takes place Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 28 2 Modbus TCP Client 28 2 2 Special System Functions As acyclic transmission channel to a Modbus TCP server the special functions 65 reading registers and 66 writing registers can be used the functions are available independent of RemoteScan While one of these two special functions is being carried out simultaneous calls of this functions in other tasks are blocked until this function will be terminated These functions establish a connectio
90. 7 21 2 N_COPY_TO and COPY FROM Mode Meaning The source register is indirectly addressed 4 With Number of registers 1 the Source Reg remains constant 5 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be incremented by one after each copying process see example 4 6 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be decremented by one after each copying process Example 1 N COPY FROM 192 168 1 20 500 100 3 3 0 The content of register 500 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 1 20 is copied to the local registers 100 through 102 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 500 77 gt 100 77 500 77 gt 101 77 500 77 gt 102 77 Example 2 N_COPY_FROM 192 168 1 20 1000 100 5 3 1 The content of registers 1000 through 1004 is copied to registers 100 through 104 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 10 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 1000 TT gt 100 77 1001 3198 gt 101 3198 1002 791 gt 102 791 1003 86320 gt 103 86320 1004 13629 gt 104 13629 183 21 Network Operation via Ethernet JetWeb Example 3 N_COPY_FROM 192 168 1 20 1000 100 5 3 2 The content of registers 996 through 1000 is copied to registers 96 through 100 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 10 20
91. 7 General Registers Register 61684 Bit code of occupied module slots Function Description Read Current bit code Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Current bit code Meaning of register 61684 Register 61684 informs whether slave modules are plugged and if yes in which slot A slave module is for example a JX6 CON1 or a JX6 IO64 module Slave modules are modules plugged in slots 2 through 8 of the controller Bit0 0 No module plugged in module slots 2 through 8 Bit 0 1 At least one module plugged in module slots 2 through 8 Bit 1 2 1 Module plugged in module slot 2 Bit 2 1 Module plugged in module slot 3 Bit 3 1 Module plugged in module slot 4 Bit 4 1 Module plugged in module slot 5 Bit 5 1 Module plugged in module slot 6 Bit 6 1 Module plugged in module slot 7 Bit 7 1 Module plugged in module slot 8 327 32 Special Registers 328 JetWeb Register 61568 61575 Detected module Function Description Read ID for the detected module Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Current bit code Meaning of register 61568 61575 If a module is plugged in module slot 2 the ID of this module is read from register 61568 The JX6 1064 module has a value value 16 as ID as ID smaller than 16 The JX6 CON1 module has Register 61568 ls assigned to module slot 2 Register 61569 Is assi
92. 785 New Selection of error 1 0 8 388 607 message 2 0 63786 New Contents of the error 1 0 65 535 message selected by 2 0 reg 63785 251 31 Overview of Special Registers JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Operating system messages 61952 Same Application program 1 8 388 608 runtime in seconds 8 388 607 2 0 61953 Same Controller runtime 1 8 388 608 since reset in seconds 8 388 607 2 0 61954 Same Controller runtime in 1 8 388 608 time base units 8 388 607 2 0 61956 Same Controller runtime 1 8 388 608 since reset in ms 8 388 607 2 0 62977 Same Operating system 1 0 65 535 version 100 2 0 63787 New Current build level 1 0 65 535 2 Current build level 3 Page 275 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Access to controller modules SV SM PID Flag 2105 1 reports error 62150 Same Access error controller 1 0 255 module 2 0 Slot number 1 62151 Same Access error controller 1 0 255 module 2 0 Axis number 1 62152 Same Access error controller 1 0 255 module 2 0 Register Number Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1
93. 8 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 13 14 15 Input 101 102 103 104 105 114 115 116 16 Combined Inputs Registers 62528 Inputs 101 116 62529 Inputs 109 124 62530 Inputs 117 132 62531 Inputs 125 140 62532 Inputs 133 148 62533 Inputs 141 156 62534 Inputs 149 164 62535 Inputs 157 164 62536 Inputs 201 216 62537 Inputs 209 224 62538 Inputs 217 232 62539 Inputs 225 240 62540 Inputs 233 248 62541 Inputs 241 256 62542 Inputs 249 264 62543 Inputs 257 264 62544 Inputs 301 316 62545 Inputs 309 324 62546 Inputs 317 332 62547 Inputs 325 340 62548 Inputs 333 348 62549 Inputs 341 356 62550 Inputs 349 364 62551 Inputs 357 364 62552 Inputs 401 416 62553 Inputs 409 424 62554 Inputs 417 432 62555 Inputs 425 440 62556 Inputs 433 448 62557 Inputs 441 456 62558 Inputs 449 464 62559 Inputs 457 464 62560 Inputs 501 516 62561 Inputs 509 524 62562 Inputs 517 532 62563 Inputs 525 540 62564 Inputs 533 548 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62565 Inputs 541 556 62566 Inputs 549 564 62567 Inputs 557 564 62568 Inputs 601 616 62569 Inputs 609 624 62570 Inputs 617 632 62571 Inputs 625 640 62572 Inputs 633 648 62573 Inputs 641 656 62574 Inputs 649 664 62575 Inputs 657 664
94. 8 MBytes can be addressed which results in a maximum number of 2 097 152 registers Static RAM memory cards are available with the following memory sizes Memory Size Quantity of Register Registers Numbers 1 MBytes 262144 393216 655259 2 MBytes 524288 393216 917503 4 MBytes 1048576 393216 1441791 8 MBytes 2097152 393216 2490367 8 2 Software The PC card is used as expansion memory for the user registers For this purpose the common memory area of the card is inserted into the memory area of the processor of the JC 647 and is directly accessed by the processor no disadvantage over internal registers with respect to speed Any formatting of the card carried out by a PC operating system is not taken into account Four bytes are assigned to each register Onlycards can be used that do not require a special read or write procedure such as static RAM usually battery backed The numbering of registers on the PC card directly follows that of the internal extension registers JC 647 starting from register number 393216 DELTA hardware and software allow hot plugging i e the PC card can be plugged and unplugged during operation without damaging the application However the card should not be removed when the user program is accessing registers of the card The yellow LED PC card on the front panel is lit when the PC card is plugged and activated Bymeans of register 61445 can
95. Basis 4 with Four Slots 5 1 4 JX6 Basis 8 with Eight Slots 5 2 Numbering of Slots 6 Installation Guide 6 1 Deinstalling the JC 647 Module 6 2 Installing the JC 647 Module 6 3 Using the keying pins 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 7 1 Submodule types 7 2 Submodule Type Registers 7 3 Register Areas of Submodules 7 3 1 Socket 1 7 3 2 Socket 2 7 3 3 Socket 3 7 4 JX6 AD8 Submodule 7 4 4 Description of Connections 7 4 2 Overview of Registers 7 5 Submodule JX6 DA4 Table of Contents 15 17 19 21 21 21 21 22 23 25 27 33 33 33 34 35 36 37 39 39 41 42 45 45 47 49 49 49 50 51 52 54 Table of Contents 7 5 1 7 5 2 7 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 8 1 8 2 10 10 1 10 2 11 11 1 11 2 11 3 11 4 12 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 13 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 14 14 1 14 2 15 15 1 15 1 1 15 2 Description of Connections Overview of Registers Submodule JX6 SV Description of Connections Overview of Registers PC Card Hardware Software RUN STOP LOAD Switch Power Supply Requirements Description of Connections Digital Inputs Technical Data Meaning of LEDs Description of Connections Numbering System of Digital Inputs Submodule JX6 116 Technical Data Meaning of LEDs Description of Connections Numbering System of Digital Inputs Submodule JX6 016 Technical Data Meaning of LEDs Description of Connections Numbering system of digital outputs Counters Overvie
96. Configuring RemoteScan 225 27 1 2 Starting RemoteScan 228 27 1 3 Stopping RemoteScan 228 27 2 Registers 228 28 Modbus TCP 229 28 1 Modbus TCP Server 229 28 1 1 Supported Commands Class 0 229 28 1 2 Supported Commands Class 1 229 28 1 3 Supported Commands Class 2 231 28 2 Modbus TCP Client 232 28 2 1 RemoteScan 232 28 2 2 Special System Functions 233 29 Data Files 237 29 1 Special System Functions 237 29 1 1 Implementation 237 29 1 2 File Names 237 29 1 3 Saving values Creating a file 238 29 1 4 Saving values Appending to a file 239 29 1 5 Reading values from a file 240 29 1 6 Deleting a file 241 29 2 Registers 241 29 3 File Format 242 30 Special Flags 243 31 Overview of Special Registers 251 32 Special Registers 271 32 1 Operating System Error Messages 271 32 2 Computing Speed 275 32 3 Task Control 276 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs 278 32 4 1 Entering Fixed Point Numbers 278 32 4 2 Displaying a Suggested Value 281 32 4 3 Entering Fixed Point Numbers 282 32 4 4 Indication 285 32 4 5 Restrictions for User Input 296 32 4 6 Mapping of LEDs on HMIs 297 32 4 7 Baud rate of HMI LCD 300 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 5 32 5 1 32 5 2 32 5 3 32 6 32 7 32 8 32 9 32 10 32 11 32 11 1 32 11 2 32 11 3 32 12 32 12 1 32 12 2 32 12 3 32 13 32 14 32 15 32 16 32 17 32 18 33 33 1 33 2 33 3 33 4 33 5 33 6 33 7 33 8 33 9 33 10 34 34 1 Ethernet Control Addressing Times E
97. D JX2 SV1 A system in which one device called the master controls another device called the slave A mode of operation offered by an operating system in which a computer works on more than one task at a time With control systems parity refers to an error checking procedure where the number of 1s in each successfully transmitted set of bits must be an even or an odd number depending on the definition The unmodulated signal consists of a continous sequence of pulses with constant frequency pulse width and amplitude During modulation the pulse width is varied to reflect the information to be coded A battery backed integrated circuit chip in a control system that keeps track of the time A high speed memory for a group of bits placed in a microprocessor or in another electronic device where data can be buffered for a specific purpose With JETTER controllers usually these are 32 bit wide storage positions in a remanent RAM States of digital inputs or outputs which are transmitted as frames via serial lines CAN bus or PROFIBUS over distances from ten to several hundred meters With D A or A D converters The resolution may be expressed as the number of bits in the digital value that corresponds to a full scale analog value For example the analog range may be a voltage ranging from 10 V to 10 V or a current ranging from 0 to 20 mA Ripple The percentage of AC left on a DC signal after rectifying Filte
98. E MC AxisSetup files B Program MC AxisSetup stp Include S E Declaration a Setup Mc axisSetupOszi sof 2 64 JX2 Series Slot 1 Module 1 Slave 2 ently needed an rsions 8 MCAxisSetup sts Data Dump 5 Oscilloscope MC AxisSetup0szi sof Others n target positio peed ration Recording 14 9 task 112 0 5100 e Triggerd 109 gt Value T 8388610 21129 2000 Trinner gt MNA e Value gt Iesneein t is active FunctionsView E FileView EY MCAvisSet S MC AxisSet m MCAxisSetu FindinFiles 1 FindinFiles2 For Help press F1 Fig 58 JetSym Screen 349 35 Oscilloscope of JetSym JetWeb 350 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 36 1 Description of Connections 36 User programmable Interface 36 1 Description of Connections See chapter 15 6 User Programmable Interface on page 99 36 2 Register Description See chapter 32 12 3 User Programmable Interface on page 315 The configuration register is described in chapter 32 12 Controlling Network 2 on page 312 36 3 Program example 36 3 1 Program Listing The program receives the ASCII characters A to Z and sends them back via the PRIM interface converted into lower case letters
99. F bfCarry THEN flag 2076 If these instructions are used in a loop it is very easy to make execution of a processing step conditional on the state of individual bits of the variable 1Drill Jetter AG 123 17 Software Programming 124 JetWeb 17 4 3 Accessing Digital Inputs Using Registers A group of combined digital inputs can be addressed by accessing the special registers listed in the following table Register 62592 serves as example The instruction REGISTER_LOAD 100 62592 is used to read the state of the digital inputs 101 through 124 24 Combined Digital Inputs by the example of register 62592 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 21 22 23 Input 101 102 103 104 105 122 123 124 24 Combined Inputs Registers 62592 Inputs 101 124 62593 Inputs 109 132 62594 Inputs 117 140 62595 Inputs 125 148 62596 Inputs 133 156 62597 Inputs 141 164 62598 Inputs 149 164 62599 Inputs 157 164 62600 Inputs 201 224 62601 Inputs 209 232 62602 Inputs 217 240 62603 Inputs 225 248 62604 Inputs 233 256 62605 Inputs 241 264 62606 Inputs 249 264 62607 Inputs 257 264 62608 Inputs 301 324 62609 Inputs 309 332 62610 Inputs 317 340 62611 Inputs 325 348 62612 Inputs 333 356 62613 Inputs 341 364 62614 Inputs 349 364 6
100. JetControl 647 Controller Operator s Manual d Jetter Article 60863663 Revision 3 50 3 March 2005 Printed in Germany JetWeb Revision 3 50 3 Jetter AG reserves the right to make alterations to its products in the interest of technical progress These alterations need not be documented in every single case This manual and the information contained herein have been compiled with due diligence However Jetter AG assumes no liability for printing errors or damages arising from such errors The brand names and product names used in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective title owner Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG How to Contact us Jetter AG Graterstrake 2 D 71642 Ludwigsburg Germany Phone Switchboard 49 7141 2550 0 Phone Sales 49 7141 2550 433 Phone Technical Hotline 49 7141 2550 444 Telefax 49 7141 2550 425 E Mail Sales sales jetter de E Mail Technical Hotline hotline jetter de Internet address http www jetter de This Manual is an Integral Part of the JetWeb Controller JetControl 647 Model Serial Year of construction Order To be entered by the customer Inventory Place of operation Copyright 2004 by Jetter AG All rights reserved JetWeb Significance of this Operator s Manual This manual is an integral part of the JetControl 647 module and must be kept in a
101. Jetter AG DISPLAY REG 0 30 rI Displaying the time DISPLAY REG 0 33 62914 REG rI REG 62913 100 DISPLAY REG 0 36 rI REG rI REG 62912 100 DISPLAY REG 0 39 rI RETURN Year Hour Adding leading zeros Minute Adding leading zeros Second 355 37 Real Time Clock JetWeb 356 Jetter AG JetControl 647 38 Programming Language JetSym ST _ Note N i Application programs be programmed the programming language JetSym ST starting from JetControl 647 operating system release 3 00 and r JetSym Version 2 00 Jetter AG 357 38 Programming Language JetSym ST JetWeb 358 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Appendices Appendices JetWeb 360 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix A Downloading the Operating System From JetSym In the menu item Build of the JetSym programming interface the operating system can be updated For this purpose operating system files DS are made available on the Internet http www jetter de by JETTER AG Jetter JetSym Datei Bearbeiten Ansicht Projekt Build Debug Setup Extras Fenster Hilfe jals mg 5 s F7 Programm vergleichen Programm uploaden Datei downloaden fii Download Stratis RAM gt Flash Flash gt RAM Variablen gt Datei DA Fig 59 Updating the OS File For downloading an OS update time out must be set to 4000 ms in
102. K tMainTask IF IN iStartButton THEN FLAG fAutomaticMode GOTO tMainTask TASK tAutomaticMode FLAG fAutomaticMode THEN GOTO tAutomaticMode 108 Jetter AG JetControl 647 17 4 Access to Registers 17 4 Access to Registers 216987 remanent user registers are available to the user in the register areas 100 through 20479 and 196608 through 393215 They serve as buffers for storage of comparison and measured values as well as of setpoints These registers are 32 bits wide and have a value range from 2 147 483 648 through 2 147 483 647 7 Note M 7 27 The contents of the 216987 user registers are maintained after switching off the power supply 17 4 1 Programming by Means of Registers The instruction REGISTER LOAD x a serves for loading numeric values or contents of other registers into a register Description In the instruction above x represents the number of the register into which value a is to be written by analogy with Fig 37 and Fig 38 REGISTER_LOAD BE Register number ominalPos Value nPositiont Cancel REGISTER_LOAD 21x Register number 100 Value 1234 Cancel Fig 37 REGISTER_LOAD with Fig 38 REGISTER_LOAD with numeric parameters symbolic parameters Jetter AG 109 17 Software Programming JetWeb 110 JetSym ST Using the assingment operator the numerical value is stored to the
103. LA 8P By KYCON Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 128 0 051 mm On the HMI side e 15 pin female SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 6 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Cable length 25 cm Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area shield twisted clamped under the strain relief clamps and wrapped with copper foil Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 3 HMI LCD Interface Cable adapter for connecting a LCD 52 LCD 54 and LCD 54Z Controller Shield LCD Cable Shield ES o 3 OOOOOOO a Connect shield with the greatest possible surface area Use metallized housing only Pin Signal Pin 6 DC 24V 4 2 GND 7 5 SDB RDB 10 7 SDA RDA 11 3 RDB SDB 12 1 RDA SDA 13 7 Note M It is recommended to buy the cable adapter from Jetter AG Jetter AG 93 15 Serial Interfaces 94 JetWeb 15 4 Programming Interface via JETWay H Using the JETWay H interface as programming interface has the following advantages over the RS232 interface Up to 126 PLCs can be addressed from a JetSym workstation It is advisable to limit the number o
104. Master Slave the JX6 SB I submodule is a CAN interface module for connection to the system bus used by Jetter AG This interface module serves for connecting JX2 I O JX SIO Lumber LJXz CSL modules as well as third party modules to the JetControl 647 In addition up to eight JX2 Slave modules JetMove 2xx and JetMove 6xx modules can be connected to a JX6 SB I It also enables networking of several controllers of the JetControl 647 and DELTA family in Master Master mode Important This chapter gives a description of functions offered by the modules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I with software release 2 12 For more information refer to the User Information on the JX6 SB JX6 SB I module 19 14 Technical Data Design Dimensions H x W x D in mm 17 0 x 54 5 x 120 0 Weight 60 g Installation To be plugged into socket 1 through of the JC 647 see Fig 4 Electrical Data Power supply 5 V 4 96 4 96 Power consumption approx 2 W Baud rate of JETTER System Bus 125 kBaud up to 1 MBaud Maximum cable length of the JETTER 200 m at 125 kBaud system bus between controller and 30 m at 1 MBaud distributed expansion modules 147 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I 148 JetWeb Functional Data Design of the JETTER System Bus A CAN bus which has been modified to meet JETTER s software and hardware requirements Can be started in 3 modes Master
105. New Position USER INPUT 0 21 rNewPos To provide meaningful user guidance the USER INPUT instruction is usually combined with the DISPLAY TEXT instruction The effect of these two instructions is that the text New Position is displayed on the top left of the display Next the controller is waiting for a numeral to be entered This numeral is stored in register 100 and serves as new set position for positioning purposes 145 18 HMIs Operator Guidance JetWeb 146 18 4 4 USER INPUT Default Value An additional special register exists i e register 61976 which suggests a value default value to the user when issuing the USER INPUT instruction Instead of 0 the value in register 61976 appears on the display followed by the cursor The operator can either confirm this value by pressing ENTER or modify it The modified value is confirmed by pressing ENTER Pressing C clear deletes the input and the suggested value from register 61976 appears again Example 1 JetSym USER INPUT 0 1 100 JetSym ST USER INPUT 0 1 MEM 100 The displayed value 0 is the defined value from register 61976 Example 2 JetSym REGISTER LOAD 61976 88 USER INPUT 0 1 100 JetSym ST MEM 2815 88 USER INPUT 0 1 MEM 100 The displayed value 88 is the defined value from register 61976 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 1 Technical Data 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I In operating mode
106. P address 63830 New POP3 server IP 1 0x00000000 address 2 IP address 63831 New Port number SMTP 1 0 65 535 server 2 Port number 63832 New Port number POP3 1 0 65 535 server 2 Port number 63833 New Processing status of 1 0 255 the e mail 2 0 3 Page 304 63834 New Number of the task 1 0 255 which sends an e mail 2 0 3 Page 304 261 31 Overview of Special Registers 262 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference RemoteScan function 63020 New RemoteScan protocol 1 32 bit register 2 0 3 Page 305 63021 New Number of 1 32 bit communication units 2 0 3 Page 305 63022 New Activity state 1 32 bit 2 0 3 Page 305 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Data Files 63835 New Processing State 1 0 255 2 0 3 Page 306 63836 New Task number 1 0 255 2 255 3 Page 306 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Activation of JETWay Network 63794 New Activation of JETWay 1 65 535 Network 2 0 3 Page 307 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 C
107. S 113 1 QS 65024 3 141593 QS 65025 6 789e 05 The third line from below is also a comment line since the variable s ID FS does not stand at the beginning of the line Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 30 Special Flags Control of HMI LEDs Special Flag LED Key Special Flag LED Key 2224 LED of 2230 LED of 2225 LED of 2231 LED of 2226 LED of 2232 LED of 2227 LED of 2233 LED of 2228 LED of 2234 LED of 2229 LED of 2235 LED of 243 30 Special Flags JetWeb 244 Special Flag LED Key Special Flag LED Key Function Keys 2201 2181 2202 2182 2203 2183 2204 2184 2205 2185 2206 2186 2207 2187 2208 2188 2209 2189 2210 2190 2211 2191 2212 2192 Special function keys does not apply to LCD 27 2214 2193 2213 2194 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Special Flag LED Key Special Flag LED Key 2215 2195 R 2216 2196 2217 2197 2218 2198 2219 ENTER 2199 ENTER 2220 l 2221 2222 2223 SHIFT 2200 EN Numerical Keys 2160 2170 2161 2171 lex 2162 2172 2163 2173 SHIET 2164 2174 2165 2175 2166 2176 245 30 Special Flags JetWeb Special Flag LED Key Special Flag LED Key 2167 2177 SHIFT QO Uf BH 2169
108. STEMFUNCTION 82 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 82 is used to stop a running RemoteScan When doing so all possibly existing communication connections are closed Parameter 1 No parameters are transferred to this function Thus the content of parameter 1 is of no significance Parameter 2 This function always returns the value 0 as result Potential errors None Note N Execution of this function may take a relatively long time depending on the TN configuration since it waits until all currently running transfers will be terminated 27 2 Registers A description of these registers is given in chapter 32 8 RemoteScan Function on page 305 228 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 28 1 Modbus TCP Server 28 Modbus TCP 28 4 Modbus TCP Server With a valid license and after a successful start of the Modbus TCP server an external client can access registers inputs and outputs In doing so 4 connections may be opened at the same time Note Since only registers with a width of 16 bits can be transferred via Modbus TCP access to the high order 16 bits of JetControl registers is not possible When receiving register values sign extension to 32 bits will not be carried out 28 1 1 Supported Commands Class 0 read multiple registers fc 3 Reading register blocks The number of the start register corresponds to the register number within the JC 647 write multiple registers
109. Serial Interface Menu Selection of JETWay JETWay H PC Card Setting the Port Address in JetSym Ethernet Connection Ethernet Interface of the JC 647 module Ethernet Connection between PC and JetControl Ethernet Connection between JetControl and Switch Ethernet Connection Switch to switch REGISTER_LOAD with numeric parameters REGISTER_LOAD with symbolic parameters Assigning a constant to a variable JetSym ST Indirect and Double Indirect Addressing JetSym Indirect and Double Indirect Addressing JetSym ST Example for Double Indirect Addressing with JetSym Example of Register Arithmetic JetSym Example of Register Arithmetic JetSym ST Pin Assignment of the Connecting Cable for Several LCD HMIs Remote Arrangement on the JETTER System Bus Networking of several JC 647 controllers in Master Master mode JETWay H for Management Level JETWay R for Process Level File system and server services Root directory of the flash disk Files in the directory System 385 Appendices 386 Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Session using the Windows NT 4 0 FTP Client Monitoring of the LCD interface Partitioning of integer floating point registers Data block before the sorting process Data block after the sorting process JetSym Screen Updating the OS File JetSym Menu Project Settings JetWeb 199 323 330 348 348 349 361 361 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Appendix G Index A Address Numb
110. Signal Pin 7 GND 7 8 Data 8 9 Data 9 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 15 6 User Programmable Interface 15 6 User Programmable Interface Network 2 can be configured as user programmable interface PRIM The following serial interface types are possible e RS 232 RS 485 4 wire RS 422 RS 485 2 wire NET 2 is the connector socket of network 2 Pin Assignment of 9 Pin Female Connector SUB D View Pin Signal Comment 1 2 TxD RS 232 3 RXD RS 232 4 gt E 5 RDB RS 422 and RS 485 4 wire 6 RDA RS 422 RS 485 4 wire 7 GND Reference potential 8 Data RS 485 2 wire SDB RS 422 and RS 485 4 wire 9 Data RS 485 2 wire SDA RS 422 and RS 485 4 wire 99 15 Serial Interfaces JetWeb 100 Jetter AG JetControl 647 16 1 Connecting cables to the RJ45 Jack 16 Ethernet Connection 16 1 Connecting cables to the RJ45 Jack The JC 647 is connected to the Ethernet through its RJ45 jack There are two types of interconnecting cables used for 10 100 MBit s twisted pair Ethernet Straight through twisted pair cables Crossover cables transmitting and receiving lines are crossed 10 100 TX Fig 32 Ethernet Connection Ethernet port 1807 D JC 647 Fig 33
111. Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Task Control 61449 Same Prioritised task 1 0 255 2 0 61467 Same Task switch conditions 1 0 255 2 0 3 Page 276 61474 Modified Multitasking control 1 0 255 2 0 3 277 61610 Highesttask numberin 1 0 255 the program 2 0 61773 Same Min cycle time in 1 ms 1 32 767 increments 2 0 61774 Same Max cycle time in 1 ms 1 32 767 increments 2 0 61777 Same Cycle time of all tasks 1 32 767 in 1 ms increments 2 0 61804 Same Task timeout time in 2 255 1 ms increments 2 20 185000 Originally Task status 1 0 255 185099 register 61531 2 Status 61562 3 Page 277 185200 Originally Task time register for 1 0 185299 register 61708 DELAY 2 147 483 647 61739 2 0 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Computing speed JC 647 63796 New Computing speed JC 1 0 1 647 2 0 3 Page 275 253 31 Overview of Special Registers JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Display and input of fixed point numbers 61451 Modified Does not exist Field width for floating point numbers 61452 New Entering Fixed Point 1 0 255 Numbers 2 0 Number of decimal 3 Page 279 places 61
112. _ Note M 27 2 7 The numerical value of register 200 is 2000 For representation purposes decimal point is added on the display The operator only has to input the value for register 200 together with the desired decimal places The values of register 63809 and register 63810 will result from this input 284 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs 32 4 4 Indication Register 61448 Display language Function Description Read Present setting for the language of integrated HMI functions Value 0 German Value 1 English Write Language selection Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61448 By using this register the language for communication functions between HMI and operator is set The language setting refers to operating system functions of the HMI not to texts output by the user Such operating system functions are for example the monitor functions for registers flags inputs and outputs _ Note N A When loading the program the register is set to the status of JetSym dialog language Register 61787 Indirect Buffer Number for Device 0 Function Description Read Set indirect buffer number Write New value for indirect buffer number Value range 1 through 4 Value after reset 2 Meaning of register 61787 The control system provides four text buffers for multi display mode Using th
113. able E mail available Data file feature not available Data file feature available No Modbus TCP Modbus TCP available Modbus TCP server not available Modbus TCP Server has been started E mail has been sent E mail is being sent 303 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 E mail Tunction The status of e mail processing can be queried from the following two registers Register 63833 Processing status of the e mail Function Description Read Current processing status Write Illegal Value range 0 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63833 Current processing status 0 e mail not processed 1 transfer to e mail module is being executed 2 e mail is being created 3 e mail was sent to the server Register 63834 Task number Function Description Read Number of the task sending an e mail Write Illegal Value range 0 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63834 0 99 Number of the task sending an e mail 255 No task is sending an e mail Note Evaluating register 63834 is only useful when the value in register 63833 is not 0 304 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 8 RemoteScan Function 32 8 RemoteScan Function The following registers provide an overview of the set RemoteScan mode Register 63020 RemoteScan protocol register Function Description Read Set type of protocol Write Illegal Value range
114. ack 26 sectors 128 Track 27 sectors 128 Track 28 sectors 128 Track 29 sectors 128 Track 30 sectors 128 Track 31 sectors 64 Track 32 sectors 16 Total sectors 4048 Used 1016 byte Blocked 508 byte Free 2054860 byte Total 2056384 byte free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free free 4045 125 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 64 16 In this example the file System flashdiskinfo txt of a JetControl 647 2 MBytes is shown Date and Time indicate the time when the flash disk has been formatted Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 23 4 Formatting the Flash Disk Sector States used The sector is occupied with files blocked The sector is no longer occupied but can not yet be used due to administrative reasons free The sector is not occupied and can be used At the end of the file statistical data are displayed 23 4 Formatting the Flash Disk Sometimes it might be necessary to reformat the flash disk This can be the case if an OS release has been transferred which has a different flash disk format e g whe
115. activity on this interface This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2090 Activity on the PC interface This bit is set by the OS once a valid frame has been received Then monitoring interval PC is restarted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2090 No activity on the PC interface This bit is reset together with bit 2 once monitoring interval PC has elapsed This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2091 This bit can be set by the application program This bit can be set if bit 2 flag 2091 has been set This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2091 No activity on the LCD interface This bit is reset by the OS once there is no activity on this interface This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2092 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 14 Interface Activity Monitoring Bit 4 1 Activity on the LCD interface This bit is set by the OS once a valid frame has been received Then monitoring interval LCD is restarted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2092 Bit 5 0 No activity on the LCD interface This bit is reset together with bit 4 once monitoring interval LCD has elapsed This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2093 Bit 5 1 This bit can be set by the application program This bit can be set if bit 4 flag 2093 has been set This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2093 Bit 6 0 No JETWay activity on
116. against misuse or accidental use Information Signs and Labels gt Writings information signs and labels always have to be observed and kept readable gt Damaged or unreadable information signs and labels are to be exchanged Jetter AG 17 1 Safety Instructions JetWeb Earthing procedure gt Screw down the JX6 housing to a highly conductive and earthed mounting plate gt An earth terminal screw with a M4 thread is located on the top face of the JX6 housing This earthing screw must electrically be connected to a PE terminal in the electric cabinet by means of a PE conductor conductor area 1 5 mm color green yellow refer to Fig 1 Cable lug Power supply JC 647 Digital inputs JC 647 Highly conductive M4 earthing mouting plate screw Jx6 rack e g JX6 Basis 4 OV 24V 16 PE terminal DIN rail EN 50022 35 x 7 5 Fig 1 Earthing JX6 rack 18 Jetter AG JetControl 647 1 2 Instructions on EMI In terms of emitted interference the JC 647 module is a product belonging to EMC class A This module may cause radio interferences in residential areas This module is operated at the operator s own risk The noise immunity of a system corresponds to the weakest component of the system For this reason correct wiring and shielding of cables is of paramount importantance ES Important Measures for increasing immunity to interference
117. al Function 50 Sorting data JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 50 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 50 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Special function 50 is used for sorting data within the controller For more information on sorting data and special function 50 refer to chapter 34 Sorting data on page 345 Jetter AG 337 33 Special Functions JetWeb 33 6 Modbus RTU CRC Checksum Special system functions 60 and 61 are for calculating and checking CRC checksums with a Modbus communication in RTU mode Special Function 60 Calculating the CRC Checksum Operating principle Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Potential errors Result in case of error Computing time This function calculates a two byte checksum from the transferred frame and adds the two bytes to the end of the frame Number of the register with the first datum of the MODBUS protocol Number of the register with the last data of the MODBUS protocol without the two bytes for the CRC checksum The number of the last register is smaller than the number of the first register Each register may contain useful data in the lowest 8 bits only Undefined Approx 68 us when the data length is 100 registers Special Function 61 Checking the CRC Checksum Operating principle Parameter 1 Parameter 2 Potential errors Result in case of error Computing time 338 This function checks the checksum of a frame and adds t
118. an be read from special flag 2076 Zero bits are shifted into the register from the other side An amount of 0 bits will not affect the register and flag 2076 The register number and the number of shift operations can be specified as parameters directly and indirectly In example 1 a demonstration of direct addressing is given Example 1 THEN SHIFT LEFT 100 3 The contents of register 100 is three times shifted bitwise to the left This example shows a way how to multiply the contents of register 100 by 8 This approach has the advantage over an arithmetic expression of speeding up processing In example 2 a demonstration of indirect addressing is given Example 2 THEN SHIFT LEFT 8200 201 The contents of register 200 indicate the register the contents of which is to be shifted to the left The contents of register 201 indicates the number of shift operations Jetter AG 119 17 Software Programming JetWeb 120 SHIFT_RIGHT lt RegNo gt lt Amount gt Instruction By means of this instruction register contents can bitwise be shifted to the right which corresponds to a division by 2 To do so you have to specify the amount of bits to be shifted from 1 to 32 The bit shifted out of the register last can be read from special flag 2076 Zero bits are shifted into the register from the other side An amount of 0 bits will not affect the register and flag 2076 Example 1 THEN SHIFT RIGHT 100
119. ansmission of a group of bits over separate wires A calculated value that is used to test data for the presence of errors that can occur when data is transmitted between control systems The checksum is calculated for a given chunk of data by sequentially combining all the bytes of data with a series of arithmetic or logical operations E g client server architecture A client is for example a program or task that requests a service provided by another program for example a word processor that calls on a sort routine built into another program On a local area network or the Internet a computer that accesses shared network resources provided by another computer called a server Standardized spacing between two contacts of a connector male female adjacent to each other A counter acquires the changes of state edge of a digital signal At each change of state the counter will increment increase or decrement decrease a register value which then will be evaluated by the controller The application program task is executed in cycles The duration of one cycle is referred to as cycle time A DC to DC converter is a circuit which converts DC power from one voltage to a another It is a special class of power converter A DC DC converter is used if for example the board requires 5 volts and the control system is supplied by a 24 V power supply unit Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Digital DIP sw
120. ap the keys pressed on the HMI or the flags of special flags 2160 through 2223 The following assignment applies Overlaying of special flags for register 61480 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2160 Flags 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 Overlaying of special flags for register 61481 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2168 Flags 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 Overlaying of special flags for register 61482 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 2176 Flags 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 Overlaying of special flags for register 61483 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 297 32 Special Registers 298 JetWeb Overlaying of special flags for register 61484 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 Overlaying of special flags for register 61485 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 Overlaying of special flags for register 61486 Bit number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Flags
121. arameter2 Operating principle Function 91 is for appending a selectable register or flag block to an existing file In case this file does not exist a new file will be created Special Function 92 Reading values from a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 92 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 92 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 92 is for reading register values and flag states out of a data file and entering them into the corresponding registers or flags The information is processed in the order specified by the content of the file 342 Jetter AG JetControl 647 33 10 E Mail Special Function 96 Deleting file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 96 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 96 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 96 is for deleting a data file from the flash disk For more information on data files as well as on special functions 90 91 92 and 96 refer to chapter 29 Data Files on page 237 33 10 E Mail Special Function 110 Sending an E Mail JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 110 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 110 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle This function is used to initiate the sending of an e mail For more information on sending e mails refer to chapter 25 E Mail on page 201 as well as on special function 110 refer to chapter 25 4 Sending E Mails on page 204 Jetter AG 343 33 Special Functi
122. ave modules are counted up beginning from the JX6 SB I submodule When doing so all JX2 I O modules JX SIO and JX2 PS1 modules are being ignored The number 2 is assigned to the first JX2 Slave module connected to the JX6 SB l submodule To all JX SIO modules the module number set by switch S41 is assigned irrespective of their position on the system bus 151 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I 152 JetWeb The module numbers for system bus configuration as given in Fig 46 are assigned as follows System Bus Module Numbers Module IO Module Number Slave Module Number JX6 SB I JX2 PS1 JX2 OD8 2 JX2 SM1D 2 JX2 ID8 3 z JX2 IA4 4 JX2 SM2 3 JX SIO 70 JX SIO 79 19 1 2 Operating Mode Master Master Number of modules connected to the bus Operating Mode Master Master Maximum amount of JX6 SB submodules 12 Maximum amount of register data per JX6 SB submodule 64 registers Internal receiving buffer per JX6 SB submodule 12 x 2 x 64 registers 12 devices x 2 data buffers x 64 registers Among the ports 2 port areas of particular importance in Master Master Port Area Register Type 1 Configuration and Status Registers 2 Register Data Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 1 Technical Data Bus Terminating Resistor The bus terminating resistor can be activated or deactivated throug
123. bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2081 Bit 12 1 This bit can be set by the application program This bit can be set if bit O flag 2080 has been set This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2081 319 32 Special Registers 320 JetWeb Register 61471 Interface Activity Monitoring Part 2 Function Description Read Present state of the interface activity Write Bit 1 3 5 and 7 can be set Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61470 Bit 0 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 0 Bit 1 1 Bit 2 0 Bit 2 1 Bit 3 20 Bit 3 1 Bit 4 0 No JETIP activity on the Ethernet interface This bit is reset by the OS once there is no activity on this interface This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2088 JETIP activity on the Ethernet interface This bit is set by the OS once a valid frame has been received Then monitoring interval Ethernet is restarted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2088 No JETIP activity on the Ethernet interface This bit is reset together with bit O once monitoring interval Ethernet has elapsed This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2089 This bit can be set by the application program This bit can be set if bit O flag 2089 has been set This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2089 No activity on the PC interface This bit is reset by the OS once there is no
124. ble reference depending on the standard s product depending on the product Enclosure Frequency band DIN EN 50081 2 30 230 MHz limit 30 dB DIN EN 55011 uV m at 30 m Frequency band 230 1000 MHZ limit 37 dB uV m at 30 m class A EMC Immunity to interference Housing Features Value s Preferable reference depending on the product standard s depending on the product RF Field amplitude modulated Frequency band 26 1000 MHz Test field strength 10 V m AM 80 96 with 1 kHz Criterion A DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 3 Electromagnetic RF field pulse modulated Frequency 900 5 MHz Test field strength 10 V m 50 ON period Repetition rate 200 Hz criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 3 Magnetic Field with Mains Frequency 50 Hz 30 A m DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 8 ESD Discharge through air Test peak voltage 8 kV Contact Discharge Test peak voltage 4 kV Criterion A DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 2 29 4 Operating Conditions 30 EMC Immunity to interference Signal ports JetWeb Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product Asymmetric RF amplitude modulated Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz Test voltage 10 V AM 80 96 with 1 kHz Source impedance 150 ohms Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000
125. ble surface area Use metallized housing only Pin Signal Pin 8 TxD RXD 2 4 RXD TxD 3 2 GND 5 On the PC side COM1 COM2 pins 7 and 8 as well as pins 1 4 and 6 must be short circuited 7 Note M a E It is recommended to buy the cables from Jetter AG Jetter AG 87 15 Serial Interfaces JetWeb 15 2 JetSym Settings The interface type and the baud rate have to be set in JetSym This is carried out in the menu Tools Options Controller Te Editor Workspace Program Debug Controller Directories Format Type ice _ v Test Version Automatic v Autorun Autoflash Interface Serial Ethemet C Jetway C PEPPLC COM port Timeout 4000 ms Baudrate Cancel Fig 28 Setting the Baud Rate for the Serial Interface A baud rate of 9600 19200 and 38400 Baud can be selected This menu also allows to set the baud rate for uploading downloading programs Baud rate U D 88 Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 3 HMI LCD Interface 15 3 HMI LCD Interface The LCD interface serves for communication between user interface HMI and controller Pin Assignment of 8 Pin Miniature DIN Jack View Pin Signal Comment 1 RDA RS 422 2 GND Reference potential 3 RDB RS 422 4 RXD RS 232 5 SDB RS 422 6 DC 24 V Power Supply for HMI 7 SDA RS 422 8 TxD RS 232 15 3 1 HMI Cable JN DK Xm
126. can be defined in register 61653 After a reset this register has the value 35 i e 35 seconds 292 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61683 Text selection for DISPLAY_TEXT_2 Function Description Read Current value to select text 1 or text 2 in conjunction with the DISPLAY TEXT 2 instruction Write New value for the selection of text 1 or text 2 Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61683 Whether text 1 or text 2 is to be displayed on the HMI can be selected by means of register 61683 This is for example useful for bilingual operator guidance text 1 for the customer and text 2 for the service staff The display is realized using the following instruction DISPLAY TEXT 2 0 1 Text 1 Text 2 Register 61683 Displayed Text 0 Text 1 1 Text 2 Register 61783 Switching over to monitor display Function Description Read Present state Direct switchover to the monitor screen can be carried out by pressing the ENTER key Write New state for switchover to monitor Screen mode Value range 0 through 1 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61783 By pressing the ENTER key direct switching over to monitor screen can be carried out This function can be enabled or disabled by using register 61783 Value 0 Switching over by pressing ENTER enabled Value 1 Switchi
127. cause of EMI precautions 158 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 5 Description of Connections JETTER System Bus Cable Shield BUS OUT Connect shield with the greatest possible surface area Use metallized housing only Pin Signal Pin CMODEO CL GND CMODE1 TERM not connected Unassigned CH Unassigned AJ OIN Do not connect AJ OIN 159 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 160 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB l 19 6 1 Overview of Registers Register Areas Master Slave JX6 SB Register Area Description 11m100 11m163 Configuration and status registers of the JX6 SB I submodule This area is for commissioning the JX6 SB submodule reading out the software version etc 3m0 2000 3m0 2999 System Bus Special Registers This area is for diagnosing the JX6 SB submodule for detecting timeouts and short circuits for adjusting the baud rate for configuring dummy modules for reading out the modules currently connected to the system bus etc 3m0 3000 3m0 3299 Registers of JX2 I O modules With the help of these registers analog values of JX2 I O modules can be read and written etc 3m0 4000 3m0 4999 Register overlay of JX2 I O modules 3m0 5000 3m0 5999 Overlaid IO registers for digital inputs and registers for d
128. ccessed during this process To change register values use one of the serial interfaces e g the PC or LCD interface Register 63816 IP address LSB Function Description Read Current IP address LSB Write New IP address LSB Value range 0 through 255 Factory setting 1 177 21 Network Operation via Ethernet 178 JetWeb Register 63817 IP address 2SB Function Description Read Current IP address 2SB Write New IP address 2SB Value range 0 through 255 Factory setting 1 Register 63818 IP address 3SB Function Description Read Current IP address 3SB Write New IP address 3SB Value range 0 through 255 Factory setting 168 Register 63819 IP address MSB Function Description Read Current IP address MSB Write New IP address MSB Value range 0 through 255 Factory setting 192 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 21 2 N_COPY_TO and COPY FROM 21 2 COPY TO and COPY FROM The content of a register can be copied from and to a JetControl controller via the Ethernet network using the instructions N COPY TO andN COPY FROM Since Ethernet basically offers multi master capability all tasks of all control systems can send such network instructions While doing so there is no need to apply or wait for an access authorization 21 2 1 N COPY TO The following instruction serves to copy block by block the content of
129. characters per line on the connected display If no display is connected value 24 will be displayed 294 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61826 Number of lines Function Description Read Number of lines on the connected display Write Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 2 if no display is connected Meaning of register 61826 This register indicates the number of lines on the connected display If no display is connected value 2 will be displayed Register 61827 Number of characters Function Description Read Number of characters on the connected display Write Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 48 if no display is connected Meaning of register 61827 This register indicates the number of characters on the connected display The number of characters is the product of values in registers 61825 and 61826 If no display is connected value 48 is displayed 295 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 4 5 Restrictions for User Input Register 61472 Restriction of monitor functions Function Description Read Status of monitor functions Write Disabling enabling monitor functions Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 255 Meaning of register 61472 Flags 2096 bit 0 to 2103 bit 7 are overlaid by this register Monitor functions can be enabled
130. cial flag 2141 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 1 Operating System Error Messages Register 61478 Error operating system messages Function Description Read Operating system errors and messages Write Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61478 Bit 0 1 Error at the digital output This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2144 Bit 1 1 Real time clock found This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2145 Bit 2 1 Battery for real time clock is ok This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2146 Bit 3 1 Battery for register RAM almost empty This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2147 Note The real time clock and the RAM for application registers are backed up by the same battery Jetter AG 273 32 Special Registers JetWeb Register 61672 Error message during access to slave modules Function Description Read Current error message Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61672 Possible error messages 1 semaphores 2 timeout without acknowledgment 3 incorrect acknowledgment 10 timeout during access to module bus Register 63770 Numerator with division by 0 Function Description Read Current result of count Write Illegal Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 Meanin
131. connect with the FTP server will get no response to its request for establishing a connection 24 1 Log In To have access to the file system via FTP the FTP client must log in and provide its user name and password when starting the communication In its original configuration the controller is provided with a user account with administrators rights User admin Password admin Via user administration of the file system this password can be modified and new users can be added cf chapter 23 2 User Administration on page 189 Jetter AG 197 24 FTP Server JetWeb 24 2 Supported Commands Command Meaning Sends the user name is used at the beginning of the log USER in process Sends the password is sent after USER to complete the PASS log in process Terminates the connection QUIT PORT Specifies the IP address and port number to which the FTP server is to connect for the next file transfer Sets the transfer type the following types are possible Type A with interpretation N TYPE m Type L with 8 bits per character MODE Sets the transfer mode here only S stream is possible Sets the file structure when transferring data here only STRU F file is possible Returns a list containing the file names of a director 9 y LIST Returns a list containing the file names and file information of a directory PWD Returns the name of the current directory CWD Switches to anothe
132. contains value 36 which is the ASCII code of dollar sign If you want to display a dollar sign in a text this register can be used to transfer the function of to another character by entering another number Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61462 Delete Screen character Function Description Read Latest set value Write New value Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 95 ASCII code of _ Meaning of register 61462 This register contains the ASCII code of the DELSCR DELete SCReen character This characters clears the LC display After a reset the register contains value 95 which is the ASCII code of _ underscore This character can be replaced by any other character Example REGISTER LOAD 61462 38 DISPLAY TEXT 0 0 amp These two instructions clear the display The DELSCR character is first modified and then immediately be used in the DISPLAY TEXT instruction Register 61648 Indirect Cursor Position cp 0 for DISPLAY TEXT and DISPLAY REG Function Description Read Set cursor position Write New cursor position Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61648 The value of this register indicates the cursor position for the instructions DISPLAY TEXT or DISPLAY REG if cursor position O was specified in the instruction If the value of this regis
133. created by JetSym see chapter 29 3 File Format on page 242 The file names consist of two constant parts and a register content So files can be selected by different register values see chapter 29 1 2 File Names on page 237 Written files are stored to the root directory highest directory level of the flash disk Files to be read must also be located in the root directory Access to data files is carried out with administrator rights and cannot be restricted 29 1 Special System Functions 29 1 1 Implementation Since file operations may take considerable long time especially with large files other application tasks are processed while one of the file operations is running However only one function can be processed at a time Tasks which invoke one of these functions while a file operation of another task is running are therefore blocked until this operation is completed That implies that data consistency of value blocks to be written or read is not ensured Data consistency has to be ensured by accordingly programming the application program The state of the currently running operation can be polled through the registers specified below 29 1 2 File Names File names always start with Data followed by a numerical value and the extension da The numerical value for drawing a distinction between various files is acquired from the parameter register of the special functions When doing so only positive values are allowed
134. ction Register 32 10 Instruction Register Register 63794 Command Register Function Description Read Last command Write New instruction Value range 10 11 13 102 107 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63794 Commands 10 11 13 102 107 Jetter AG Activating the four counters Digital input 101 is connected with counter 1 Digital input 102 is connected with counter 2 Digital input 103 is connected with counter 3 Digital input 104 is connected with counter 4 Deactivating the four counters Digital inputs 101 through 104 are digital inputs of the PLC Activation of JETWay Network This command must no longer be issued Reason The network commands N GET REGISTER or N GET VALUE and N SEND REGISTER or N SEND VALUE will no longer be used with Ethernet Thus switching between Ethernet and JETWay network is no longer required By default the JETWay network will be activated following a reset Triggers a software reset of the controller Causes the flash disk to be formatted 307 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 11 Controlling Network 1 32 11 1 Address baud rate Register 62995 Network number of network 1 Function Description Read Current node number on the JETWay network Write New node number on the JETWay network Value range 0 through 99 Value after reset 2 Meaning of register 62995 Setting M
135. d outputs By way of example IN m4xxzz or OUT m xxzz will be demonstrated how inputs and outputs are numbered m4 x X 2 2 Actual IO Number Module Number Submodule socket plus 1 The inputs and outputs are addressed with the help of five digit numbers The first digit m4 specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB I submodule is located plus 1 m4 7 Submodule socket 1 2 4 The second and third digit xx specifies the number of the IO module connected to the system bus xx O module number JX2 I O 2 32 JX SIO and LUX7 CSL 70 79 The digits four and five zz specify the actual IO number JX2 I O 1 16 JX SIO 1 64 LJX7 CSL 1 16 169 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb Access to Inputs and Outputs by means of Register Overlaying Besides individual access to digital inputs and outputs several inputs and outputs can jointly be accessed by means of register overlaying This approach allows for example to simultaneously delete several outputs using a single REG_ZERO instruction IO register overlay of JX2 I O modules By way of example REG 3m04zzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number Always 4 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number
136. der 375 Appendix F List of Illustrations 385 Appendix G Index 387 14 Jetter AG JetControl 647 1 Safety Instructions The JetControl 647 module complies with the safety regulations and standards in effect Special emphasis was given to the safety of the users Of course the user should adhere to the following regulations relevant accident prevention regulations accepted safety rules EC guidelines and other country specific regulations Usage as Agreed Upon Usage as agreed upon includes operation in accordance with the operating instructions The JetControl 647 module is used to control machinery such as conveyors production machines and handling machines The supply voltage of the JetC 647 module is DC 24 V This operating voltage is classified as SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage The JetControl 647 module is therefore not subject to the EU Low Voltage Directive The JC 647 module is operated in slot 1 of the JX6 rack The JC 647 module may only be operated within the limits of the stated data Usage Other Than Agreed Upon The JC 647 module must not be used in technical systems which to a high degree have to be fail safe e g ropeways and aeroplanes I If the JC 647 module is to be run under surrounding conditions which differ from the conditions mentioned in chapter 4 Operating Conditions page 27 the manufacturer is to be contacted beforehand Who is Permitted to Operate the JC 647 Module Only
137. dividual registers Page 353 Year 62928 Dummy write access R Functional group Real time clock copies the contents of W Page 353 registers 62912 through 62919 to 62920 through 62927 62976 Current toggle switch R Functional group Status of the position application program Page 325 62977 Operating system version R Functional group Operating system 100 messages Page 252 62983 Baud rate programming R Control of the Programming Interface interface W PC Page 318 62984 Baud rate of HMI LCD R Functional group Control of the HMIs W Page 300 62989 Configuration network 2 R Functional group Control of network 2 W Page 312 62990 Baud rate network 2 R Functional group Control of network 2 W Page 313 62991 Network number network R Functional group Control of network 2 2 W Page 313 62992 Transmission Buffer R Functional group Control of network 2 W Page 316 62993 Reception buffer R Functional group Control of network 2 Access removes Page 317 character 62994 Reception buffer R Functional group Control of network 2 Access does not remove Page 317 character 62995 Network number network R Functional group Control of network 1 1 W Page 308 62996 Baud rate network 1 R Functional group Control of network 1 W Page 308 63020 RemoteScan protocol R Functional group RemoteScan register function Page 305 63021 Amount of R Functional group RemoteScan communication units function Page 305 Jetter AG 381 A
138. e Controller Shield PC NET1 or NET2 Connect shield with the greatest possible surface area Use metallized housing only JETWay H Card NET1 or NET2 of an additional Controller Pin Signal Pin 7 GND 7 8 Data 8 9 Data 9 95 15 Serial Interfaces 96 JetWeb 15 4 3 JETWay H PC Card The connection between JetSym and up to 126 control systems via JETWay H is realized with the help of the PC card shown below Pfosten X4 Cn YT7194V 0 prm JEU Bb ues TOW T 15 im T ee lh ug E 74HC573 E ed 14 ed 8 di 2 74HC573 en 270256 m me ge DIP switch Fig 30 JETWay H PC Card The DIP switch is used to define the port address The default setting is 340h A different port address can be selected using the DIP switch on the JETWay H card as shown above see Fig 30 DIP switch on the JETWay H card Portx S7 S6 5 S4 S3 S2 S1 300h OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 310h OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON 320h OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 330h OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 340h OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON 350h OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 360h OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON Default setting The entry for the port address must be adjusted in JetSym according to the above table Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 4 Programming Interface via JETWay H T F
139. e oa A In the example above sending and receiving of characters is divided into several functions Acharacter is sent if the value is written into the sending register Occupancy of the the receive buffer is queried from register 61499 Accessing register 62663 deletes characters in the receive buffer Occupancy of the the transmit buffer is queried from register 61502 352 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 37 With the help of a battery buffered register set access to the functions of the real time clock is made Real Time Clock Generally hours are represented in 24 hour format The days of the week are coded as follows 1 Sunday 2 Monday 3 Tuesday etc Overview Real time clock registers for accessing individual registers Register Function 62920 Seconds 62921 Minutes 62922 Hours 62924 Day of the week 1 7 62925 Day 62926 Month 62927 Year 0 99 Overview Real time clock registers for accessing the register block buffer Register Function 62912 Seconds 62913 Minutes 62914 Hours 62916 Day of the week 1 7 62917 Day 62918 Month 62919 Year 0 99 Dummy write access to register 62928 writes the contents of register 62912 to register 62919 into the registers 62920 to 62927 at the same time Dummy read access to register 62928 reads the content of registers 62920 through 62927 simultaneously into r
140. e 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 JetWeb Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Offset Meaning Error code 100 data records are sorted in approx 4000 microseconds Execution time in us Unassigned Unassigned Meaning OK no error Star tregister 20479 Registers for return value 20479 Quantity of data records 1000 Data length 1000 Sorting mode 256 Sorting element data length minus 1 Before calling the function the input descriptor has to be initialized using values that make sense Jetter AG JetControl 647 34 2 JetSym Sample Program 34 2 JetSym Sample Program TASK 1 Sorting data using special function 50 Writing the input descriptor REGISTER LOAD 100 400 Specifying the register where the data to be sorted are located The data block with the data to be sorted starts with register 400 REGISTER LOAD 101 4 Quantity of data records REGISTER LOAD 102 3 Data record length 3 elements REGISTER LOAD 103 1 Element 2 serves as sorting criterion REGISTER LOAD 104 0 Sorting in ascending order On completion the least value is contained in register 401 REGISTER LOAD 105 0 No function REGISTER LOAD 106 0 No function REGISTER LOAD 107 0 No function REGISTER LOAD 108 0 No function REGISTER LOAD 109 0 No function Before sorting the data block contains the following numera
141. e DISPLAY_TEXT or DISPLAY_REG _VALUE instructions data can be written into this buffer Jetter AG 285 32 Special Registers 286 JetWeb When using these instructions the device number defines the buffer which is activated by the corresponding instruction If a device number between 1 and 4 is used the buffer is addressed directly If device number 0 is used then that buffer is addressed to which register 61787 points This way it is possible to divert a text for which device number 0 was specified to several 5 Note If only one HMI is connected and if it is configured to run in single mode this HMI cyclically polls buffer 2 reset value Register 61788 Text buffer for HMI 1 Function Description Read Set number of text buffer Write A new text buffer is assigned to HMI 1 Value range 1 through 4 Value after reset 1 Register 61789 Text buffer for HMI 2 Function Description Read Set number of text buffer Write A new text buffer is assigned to HMI 2 Value range 1 through 4 Value after reset 2 Register 61790 Text buffer for HMI 3 Function Description Read Set number of text buffer Write A new text buffer is assigned to HMI Value range 1 through 4 Value after reset 3 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61791 Text buffer for HMI 4 Function Descr
142. e of 15 V to 30 V Power consumption of individual LCD approx 300 mA has to be taken into account when designing a system and when using it For connecting several to the LCD port of the controller you need an adaptor or modified connecting cables Different from the standard design the connection cables must be modified see Fig 45 Only HMls with RS 422 interface can be used in multi display mode Examples and hints on multidisplay mode are given in Application Note 002 Jetter AG 139 18 HMls Operator Guidance JetWeb Cable connection LCD HMI 1 15 pin SUB D plug Cable connection LCD HMI 2 15 pin SUB D plug Controller connection 8 pin Mini DIN plug Cable connection LCD HMI 3 15 pin SUB D plug Cable connection LCD HMI 4 15 pin SUB D plug Signal POWERED pr supply unit 24 2 VOL a eee ie Fig 45 Pin Assignment of the Connecting Cable for Several LCD HMIs Important When fabricating the connection cables the following minimum requirements apply also with a view to EMC 1 Number of cores 6 2 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm 3 Connector male SUB D metallized 4 Maximum cable length 100m 5 Shield Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the metallised connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area 140 Jetter AG JetContr
143. e of DELAY 3 Page 326 61848 Same Time base for 1 0 65 535 START TIMER 2 61 954 TIMER END 267 31 Overview of Special Registers 268 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference General Registers 61684 Same Bit code of occupied 1 0 255 module slots 2 Status 3 Page 327 61568 61575 Same Modules detected in 1 0 255 slots 2 0 3 Page 328 61688 Same Submodule type in 1 0 255 Socket 1 2 99 3 Page 48 61689 Same Submodule type in 1 0 255 socket 2 2 99 3 Page 48 61692 New Submodule type in 1 0 255 Socket 3 2 99 3 Page 48 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Specifying the floating point register array 61810 New Specifying the start of 1 1000 20479 the floating point 2 20479 register array 3 Page 329 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Real time clock TRC 62912 62919 Same RTC buffer no access 3 Page 353 to RTC 62920 62927 Same RTC direct 3 Page 353 62912 Same Seconds 1 0 255 62920 2 Current time 62913 Same Minutes 1 0 255 62921 2 Current time 62914 Same Hours 1 0 255 62922 2 Current time 62916 Same day of
144. e value output DISPLAY_REG Function Description Read Last value Write New value Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 1 Meaning of register 61786 The number of decimal positions is defined through the value of this register As an alternative register 61452 can be used instead of register 61786 A maximum of four decimal positions is possible Register Value Decimal Positions 1 0 10 1 100 2 1 000 3 10 000 4 Example REGISTER LOAD 61786 100 or REGISTER LOAD 61452 2 REGISTER LOAD 100 999 DISPLAY REG 0 1 100 Value 9 99 is displayed on the LC display The numeric value of register 100 remains unchanged For representation purposes on the display a decimal point is added only 280 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs 32 4 2 Displaying a Suggested Value Register 61976 Suggested value for USER_INPUT Function Description Read Existing suggested value Write New suggested value Value range 8 388 608 through 8 388 607 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61976 By issuing the USER_INPUT instruction a suggested value can be displayed on the LC display The suggested value is written to register 61976 The number of decimal positions is defined in register 61452 or 61786 Example REGISTER_LOAD 61786 100 or REGISTER_LOAD 61452 2 REGISTER_LOAD 61976
145. eal time clock is ok Special Flag 2147 1 Battery for register RAM is almost flat or Special register 61478 Bit2 1 Battery for real time clock is ok Bit3 1 Battery for register RAM is almost flat If the battery needs to be replaced please send the JC 647 controller to Jetter AG Note The real time clock and the RAM for application registers are backed up by the same battery Repairing the JC 647 Module The JC 647 module must not be repaired by the operator The JC 647 module does not contain any servicable parts that could be repaired by the operator The JC 647 module must be sent to Jetter AG for repair Decommissioning and Disposing of the JC 647 Module Decommissioning and disposal of the JC 647 module are subject to the environmental legislation of the respective country in effect for the operator s premises Jetter AG JetControl 647 1 1 Ensure Your Own Safety ye Disconnect the JC 647 module from the mains to carry out maintenance work By doing so you will prevent accidents resulting from electric voltage and moving parts gt Safety and protective devices e g the barrier and cover of the terminal must never be shunted by passed gt Dismantled protective equipment must be reattached prior to commissioning and checked for proper functioning Malfunctions gt Malfunctions or other damages are to be reported to an authorised person gt Safeguard the JC 647 module
146. eaning 0 Inactive 1 Master in the JETWay 2 99 Possible node number as slave in JETWay A network number is assigned to each controller connected to network 1 node This network number is written to register 62995 Register 62996 Baud rate of network 1 Function Description Read Current baud rate in the JETWay Write New baud rate in the JETWay Value range 0 through 11 Value after reset 11 308 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Meaning of register 62996 32 11 Controlling Network 1 Setting Baud rate in baud bit s 0 150 1 300 2 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 7 19 200 8 38 400 10 76 800 11 115 200 default Register 61589 Indirect network addressing Function Description Read Current indirect network number Write New indirect network number Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61589 The content of a source register of a master controller is to be transferred into the destination register of several slave controllers register number is the same In this case indirect network addressing is required In the following example the content of register 100 of the master controller is copied into register 500 of ten slave controllers with network numbers 2 through 11 Indirect addressing is used in example a and direct addressing in example b Jetter AG
147. egister 63768 Counter content Function Description Read Current counter contents of the selected counter Write Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 Example activate counter select counter 3 read counter contents of counter 3 THEN REGISTER LOAD 63794 10 REGISTER LOAD 63769 2 REGISTER LOAD rHelp 63768 Jetter AG 83 14 Counters 84 JetWeb Jetter AG JetControl 647 15 Serial Interfaces The JC 647 is equipped with four ports for the various serial interfaces JC 647 Serial Interfaces Interface Function Specs 8 pin miniature DIN port PC Programming RS 232 Visualizing RS 232 8 pin miniature DIN port LCD HMIs RS 422 e Visualizing RS 232 9 pin SUB D port NET1 JETWay H R RS 485 9 pin SUB D port NET2 JETWay H R RS 485 e user programmable RS 422 RS 232 Serial interfaces can be added by means of submodules e g JX6 INT These submodules can be plugged into the three sockets on the JC 647 IL OF Jeter z 8 e g8 acus p C Hg OOOOOOOO 90718 66000000 8 arcos E Amzsmr am m i Serial interfaces v amz s JC 647 fo i D Fig 27 Serial Interfaces of the JC 647 module
148. egisters 62912 through 62919 Advantage data consistency since all register contents are transfered at the same time 353 37 Real Time Clock 354 JetWeb Example for dummy write access REGISTER_LOAD 62928 0 Example for dummy read access REGISTER_LOAD 28 62928 Sample Program for Real Time Clock The following sample program shows the present real time clock data on the LCD 110 display The following approach is used to display minutes and seconds with a leading zero For right justified display of numbers it is possible to specifiy the number of digits to be displayed by using register 61453 If less digits are allowed than there are significant digits in the number then leading digits are suppressed The program realizes this approach by adding the value 100 to the seconds and minutes Then the leading 1 will not be displayed TASK 2 Set display format no sign 2 digit numbers REGISTER LOAD 61781 1 Without sign REGISTER LOAD 61453 3 2 digit number DISPLAY TEXT 0 1 Current time is LABEL RTCloop CALL DisplayTime DELAY 5 GOTO RTCloop LABEL DisplayTime REGISTER LOAD 062928 Dummy read access DISPLAY TEXT 0 24 20 Ww Displaying the date DISPLAY REG 0 22 62917 Day REG rI REG 62918 100 Adding leading zeros DISPLAY REG 0 25 rI Month REG rI REG 62919 100 M Adding leading zeros Jetter AG JetControl 647
149. electric active power Ohm electric resistance Kiloohm 1 10 Degrees centigrade temperature unit Per cent Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix Appendix E Register Overview by Numeric Order In the column R W the type of access to a parameter is identified R Read W Write Register Name R Description Number 61440 Status of application R Functional group Status of program application program Page 324 61445 PC card detection R Functional group PC Card Page 59 61446 Status message PC Card R Functional group PC Card Page 60 61448 Display language R Functional group Indication W Page 285 61449 Prioritised task Functional group Task control Page 253 61452 Decimal position for R Functional group Control of the HMIs DISPLAY REG W Page 279 61453 Field width R Functional group Control of the HMIs DISPLAY_REG W Page 278 instruction 61455 Field width R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER_INPUT W Page 282 instruction 61461 Delete to End Of Line R Functional group Control of the HMIs character W Page 290 61462 Delete Screen R Functional group Control of the HMIs character W Page 291 61467 Task switch conditions R Functional group Task control W Page 276 61470 Interface activity R Functional group Interface Activity monitoring part 1 W Monitoring Page 319 61471 Interface activity R Functional group Interface Acti
150. emale SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 5 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Cable length xxxx cm Max cable length 400 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area shield twisted clamped under the strain relief clamps and wrapped with copper foil HMI Cable KAY 0386 xxxx Controller Shield LCD 60 LCD 62 LCD Interface Port COM 2 Clamp ES Shield DL O9 O z O 15 Connect shield with the greatest e0 possible surface area Use metallized housing only Pin Signal Pin 1 RDA SDA 14 2 GND GND 5 3 RDB SDB 15 5 SDB RDB 13 7 SDA RDA 12 11 short circuited 10 Jetter AG 91 15 Serial Interfaces 92 JetWeb 15 3 3 HMI Cable KAY 0533 0025 The LCD 52 LCD 54 and LCD 54Z are equipped with a non detachable cable connecting the LCD with the controller On the controller side this cable has a 15 pin male SUB D connector For connecting the HMI to the 8 pin Mini DIN socket of the JC 647 LCD port a cable adapter is required Specification of Connector Socket On the controller side e 8 pin miniature DIN male connector Type KMD
151. ent of the register that is specified in the variable name Examples lt JC DTAG name PR100 type INT gt The content of the register is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJC DTAG name PF100 type BOOL gt The state of the flag is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJC DTAG name PI100 type BOOL gt The state of the input is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJC DTAG name PO100 type BOOL gt The state of the output is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 Additionally an offset can be defined to the value of the pointer register This offset can be defined directly in the tag or can also be defined indirectly by specifying a register Examples XJC DTAG name PR100 75 type INT gt The content of the register is transferred whose number results from the addition of the content of register 100 and the value 75 XJC DTAG name PO100 R75 type BOOL gt The state of the output is transferred whose number results from the addition of the content of the two registers 100 and 75 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 26 2 Serverside Includes 26 2 3 Example Page XJC DTAG xmlns JC http jetter de ssi jetcontrol lt html gt lt head gt lt meta http equiv Content Type content text html charset windows 1252 lt meta name GENERATOR content Microsoft FrontPage 4 0 lt meta name Pr
152. er Digital Inputs Submodule JX6 116 Submodule JX6 O16 Administrator C Communication unit Conformance Connection Digital Inputs Power Supply Submodule JX6 116 Submodule JX6 O16 Counter content D Description of Symbols Design JC 647 Module Submodule JX6 116 Submodule JX6 O16 Submodule JX6 SB 1 Disposal E Earthing procedure Electrical Data Digital Inputs Submodule JX6 116 Submodule JX6 O16 Submodule JX6 SB 1 Electrical Safety EMC Emitted Interference EMI Immunity to Interference Environment F File Names Data Files Flash Disk 68 73 79 189 192 106 106 106 197 225 232 25 75 147 16 237 194 Appendix Formatting Function Absolute value Appending data to a DA file Arc Cosine Arc Sin Arc Tangent BCD gt HEX Conversion Calculating the CRC Checksum Checking the CRC Checksum Configuring RemoteScan Cosine Creating a DA File Deleting a DA File Exponential Function HEX gt BCD conversion MOD Modbus TCP Server Reading registers Writing to Registers Natural logarithm Reading values from a DA file 343 Sine Sorting data Square Root Starting RemoteScan Stopping RemoteScan Tangent Functional Data Digital Inputs Submodule JX6 116 Submodule JX6 O16 Submodule JX6 SB I Information Signs Input power Installation Guide Installation Procedure Instruction Register Intelligent Submodules Interface Ethernet Serial IP addr
153. er AG Example 3 21 2 N COPY TO and COPY FROM N COPY TO 192 168 1 20 100 1000 5 3 2 The content of local registers 96 through 100 is copied to registers 996 through 1000 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 1 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 100 77 gt 1000 77 99 3200 gt 999 3200 98 820 gt 998 820 97 86280 gt 997 86280 96 14895 gt 996 14895 Example 4 In the following example source and destination registers are addressed indirectly REGISTER_LOAD 90 250 REGISTER_LOAD 91 450 N COPY TO 192 168 1 20 90 91 5 3 5 The content of local registers 250 through 254 is copied to registers 450 through 454 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 1 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 250 23 gt 450 23 251 5333 gt 451 5333 252 665 gt 452 665 253 83535 gt 453 83535 254 16000 gt 454 16000 181 21 Network Operation via Ethernet JetWeb 182 21 2 2 COPY FROM The following instruction serves to copy block by block the content of registers located in a remote controller to local registers COPY FROM IP Address Source Reg Destination Reg Number of Registers Port No lt Mode gt lt IP address gt IP Address stands for the IP address of the controller to be addressed
154. erflow Bit5 1 Transmit buffer overflow Register 62992 Transmission Buffer Function Description Read Last character sent Write Send character Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Note Transmit buffer size is 127 characters Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 12 Controlling Network 2 Register 62993 Reception buffer Access removes character Function Description Read Received character Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Register 62994 Reception buffer Access does not remove character Function Description Read Received character Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Note Receive buffer size 127 characters 317 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 13 Control of the Programming Interface PC Register 62983 Baud rate of programming interface Function Description Read Current baud rate Write New baud rate Value range 0 through 11 Value after reset 6 Meaning of register 62983 Setting Baud rate in baud bit s 0 150 1 300 2 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 default 7 19 200 8 38 400 10 76 800 11 115 200 318 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 14 Interface Activity Monitoring 32 14 Interface Activity Monitoring The activity of a communication partner can be monitored from the ap
155. escription block Offset Meaning 0 File Name 1 Variable type 1 Register 3 Flag 2 Number of the first register or flag 3 Number of the last register or flag Parameter 2 Number of the register address ofthe variable resulting from the function Potential errors Error code Meaning 0 No error 1 Error when opening or creating file 2 Error when writing data 4 Error when closing file 6 Invalid register flag number 10 Data file feature not available 20 Internal OS error Jetter AG 239 29 Data Files JetWeb 29 1 5 Reading values from a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 92 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 92 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Special function 92 is for reading register values and flag states out of a data file and entering them into the corresponding registers or flags The information is processed in the order specified by the content of the file Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset Meaning 0 File Name Parameter 2 Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Potential errors Error code Meaning 0 No error 1 Error when opening the file 3 Error when reading data 4 Error when closing file 10 Data file feature not available 20 Internal OS error 240 Jetter AG JetControl 647 29 2 Registers 29 1 6 Deleting a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 96 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSy
156. ess 195 336 342 335 335 336 333 338 338 341 334 342 343 336 333 337 340 340 336 342 334 337 334 341 341 335 17 27 39 41 307 45 101 85 177 387 Appendices JetWeb J Programming Cable JN PK 87 JETTER System Bus Cable 159 Su soe JETWay H Cable 95 AXARR B 136 JETWay R Cable 98 DISPLAY_REG 144 DISPLAY_TEXT 141 K DISPLAY_TEXT_2 141 FLAG 105 Keying Pins 42 IN 105 Keys 192 N COPY FROM 182 N COPY TO 179 N GET REGISTER 175 L N SEND REGISTER 174 LED OUT 105 Digital Inputs 66 POS 136 RUN ERR1 PC CARD o2 REG To Submodule JX6 116 p mg Submodule JX6 016 jp IREONG Te 190 REGISTER LOAD 105 109 Dune REGZERO 117 SHIFT LEFT 119 M SHIFT RIGHT 120 USER_INPUT 145 Maintenance 16 WHEN THEN 107 Malf ricuon Protocol ID 232 Malfunctions 17 Mechanical parameters 28 Q Modifications 16 Qualified Staff 15 N R Noise immunity 19 16 Non intelligent submodules 45 Spe RUN STOP LOAD Switch 61 S Operating Parameters 27 Select counter 82 Oscilloscope mode User Registers 349 ST Programming Instruction Oveilay ACTUAL POS 136 AXARR 1 Flags on registers 107 297 299 DEC e Registers and digital inputs 124 DISPLAY TEXT 141 Registers and digital outputs 130 DISPLAY TEXT 2 141 Overview User Interfaces 137 DISPLAY VALUE 144 INC 121 P POS 136 SHIFT LEFT 123 Password SHIFT RIGHT 123 Flash Disk 195 USER INPUT 145 Power Supply 63 Submodule Type Registers 47
157. etc the monitoring interval should not be set to a value less than 200 ms Otherwise it may happen that in multi display mode or with extensive messages errors will be reported although the communication is still active Frames Flag 2092 Flag 2093 Timeout Register 63982 WHEN FLAG 2092 THEN FLAG 2093 Fig 54 Monitoring of the LCD interface Jetter AG 323 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 15 Status of the Application Program Register 61440 Status of application program Function Description Read Present status of application program Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Status Meaning of register 61440 Possible status of the application program BitO 0 Application program stopped Bit 0 1 Application program is running Register 61529 Toggle switch position when switching on Function Description Read Toggle switch position when switching on Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset Toggle switch position when switching on Meaning of register 61529 Possible toggle switch positions 0 Stop 1 2 Run 324 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 15 Status of the Application Program Register 62976 Current toggle switch position Function Description Read Current toggle switch position Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset
158. ext and graphics in a document to indicate how Web browsers should display these elements to the user and should respond to user actions such as activation of a link by means of a key press or mouse click HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol The client server protocol used to access information on the World Wide Web 372 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG i e IEC JetSym JETWay LCD LED max min neg PC PE PID PLC POP3 pos Reg resp RH RM RTU SELV SMTP specif SSI Latin id est that is International Electrotechnical Commission International Protection Symbolic program processing language for Windows Serial system bus developed by Jetter AG for networking several Jetter controllers In this bus system there is one master and a maximum of 98 slaves per hierarchical level Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode maximum minimum negative Personal Computer Protective Earth respectively Protective Earth Conductor Proportional Integral Differential control Programmable Logic Controller Post Office Protocol version 3 This is the current version of the Post Office Protocol standard in common use on TCP IP networks positive Registers respectively Relative humidity Contact spacing Remote Terminal Unit Communication mode in Modbus networks via serial interfaces Safe Extra Low Voltage Voltage which under all operating conditions will not exceed a peak or DC
159. f Functions 2 1 Operating System Release Note This manual gives a description of functions provided by release 3 50 of the JetControl 647 operating system and release 2 3 1 of the programming software JetSym 2 2 CPU 256 kByte program memory 20480 196608 registers 1 serial programming interface PC 1 LCD interface 1 network interface JetWay 1 JetWay H R 1 JetWay 2 user programmable interface JetWay H R 3 submodule sockets for JX6 AD8 JX6 DA4 JX6 SV JX6 PRN JX6 INT JX6 SB JX6 SB l JX6 ASI INT1 JX6 PROFI JX6 VCS 16 digital inputs 16 digital inputs or 16 digital outputs optional 4 counters Real time clock Operating system download via serial PC interface or via PC card can be realized by means of an update Functions 2 3 Register Areas Application registers SRAM1 0 20479 New application registers SRAM2 196608 393215 PC Card 393216 2490367 System and special registers 61440 64999 Floating Point Registers 62208 62463 Combined inputs 62464 62655 Combined outputs 62720 62911 Real time clock 62912 62928 Area for non intelligent submodules Socket 1 63300 63399 Socket 2 63400 63499 Socket 3 63500 63599 21 2 Overview of Functions 22 JetWeb Slave registers for Socket 2 Socket 3 Socket 4 Socket 5 Socket 6 Socket 7 Socket 8 121000 124999 131000 134999 1
160. f course this is the number of the register the contents of which are to be displayed Indirect addressing using the pointer operator is also allowed Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 18 4 Programming the HMIs 18 4 3 USER INPUT The USER INPUT instruction is for reading register or variable values which have been entered via HMI JetSym USER INPUT lt DeviceNo gt lt CursorPos gt lt RegNo gt JetSym ST USER_INPUT lt DeviceNo gt lt CursorPos gt lt VarName gt The same conditions apply to the two parameters Device Number and Cursor Position as to the DISPLAY_TEXT instruction If cursor position 0 is entered the value in register 61649 is taken as cursor position for user input If this value is 0 which is the value of the register after a reset then the present cursor position is used for user input JetSym The register number is the number of the register to which the value that has been entered is to be assigned Here simple indirect register addressing is possible as well JetSym ST Here the name of the integer or floating point variable is specified to which the entered value is to be assigned Here simple indirect addressing is possible as well Note As arule 8 characters are available for USER_INPUT This value which is stored in register 61455 can be modified Example JetSym DISPLAY TEXT 0 1 New Position USER INPUT 0 21 100 JetSym ST DISPLAY TEXT 0 0
161. f nodes to be controlled to 98 Transfer rates of up to 115 KBaud can be realized 15 4 1 Selecting RS 232 or JETWay H During system configuration selection is made between programming interface RS232 and JETWay H in the SYMPAS menu menu item Tools Options Controller Editor Workspace Program Debug Controller Directories Format Ax Type JC 64x b Test Version Automatic SE Autorun Autoflash Interface Serial Ethernet Jetway C PEPPLE Slave number 2 Timeout 2000 ms Baudrate 115200 X Port number tees Fig 29 Menu Selection of JETWay Additionally it is possible to enter slave numbers of the controller from 2 through 126 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 15 4 Programming Interface via JETWay H 15 4 2 Description of Connections Specification of Connectors On the controller side 9 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm On the PC side 9 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 3 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Max cable length 400 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area JETWay H Cabl
162. fc 16 Writing register blocks The number of the start register corresponds to the register number within the JC 647 28 1 2 Supported Commands Class 1 read coils fc 1 Reading outputs The output number has to be transferred in the internal format of the JC 647 controller JetSym Application specific JC 647 Internal numbering format numbering format 101 164 0 Ox3F 201 264 0x40 Ox7F etc etc 229 28 Modbus TCP JetWeb read input discretes fc 2 Reading inputs The input number has to be transferred in the internal format of the JC 647 controller JetSym Application specific JC 647 Internal numbering format numbering format 101 164 0 Ox3F 201 264 0x40 Ox7F etc etc read input registers fc 4 Reading inputs summarized in 16 bit words Inputs Register Number 101 116 0 201 216 2 301 316 4 etc etc write coil fc 5 Activating deactivating an individual output The output number has to be transferred in the internal format of the JC 647 controller JetSym Application specific JC 647 Internal numbering format numbering format 101 164 0 Ox3F 201 264 0x40 Ox7F etc etc write single register fc 6 Entering values into the low order 16 bits of a JC 647 register 230 Jetter AG JetControl 647 28 1 Modbus TCP Server 28 1 3 Supported Commands Class 2 force multiple coils fc 15 Activating deactivating several out
163. figuration of analog channel 5 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y66 Configuration of analog channel 6 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y67 Configuration of analog channel 7 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y68 Configuration of analog channel 8 3 7 8 12 17 21 52 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Possible Configurations 7 4 JX6 AD8 Submodule Input Configuration Register Value Single ended 20 20 mA 3 4 20 mA 17 10 10 V 8 Differential mode 20 20 mA 7 4 20 mA 21 10 10 V 12 53 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 7 5 Submodule JX6 DA4 The JX6 DA4 submodule is used for converting digital data into analog voltages or currents The resolution of the DA converter is 16 bits As outputs 4 single ended channels are available Each channel can be used as voltage or current output Voltage output range 10 V 10 V Current output range 0 mA 20 mA ES Important not pick off voltage and current simultaneously at the same DA channel gt Do not plug more than two JX6 DA4 submodules on the sockets of the JC 647 Else overload of the DC DC converter will occur The JC 647 is equipped with a 7 5 W DC DC converter For detailed information on the JX6 DA4 submodule refer to the Operator s Manual of the JX6 DA4 submodule 54 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 7 5 Submodule JX6 DA4 7 5 4 Description of Connections Pin Ass
164. flag number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs HMI 1 W Page 287 61793 Basic key flag number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs HMI 2 W Page 287 61794 Basic key flag number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs HMI 3 W Page 288 61795 Basic key flag number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs HMI 4 W Page 288 61796 Register number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs controlling LEDs of HMI W Page 289 1 61797 Register number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs controlling LEDs of HMI W Page 289 2 61798 Register number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs controlling LEDs of HMI W Page 289 3 61799 Register number for R Functional group Control of the HMIs controlling LEDs of HMI W Page 290 4 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix Register Name R Description Number 61804 Task timeout time in 1 ms R Functional group Task control increments Page 253 61806 User time base R Functional group Timer register W Page 326 61810 Specifying the floating R Functional group Specifying the point register array W floating point register array Page 329 61818 Max time for R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER_INPUT W Page 294 61825 Number of characters per R Functional group Control of the HMIs line Page 294 61826 Number of lines R Functional group Control of the HMI
165. g 2105 Bit 6 0 No timeout during last network access Bit 6 1 Timeout during last network access This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2110 Bit 7 0 No network timeout since reset Bit 7 1 Network timeout since reset This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2111 Jetter AG 271 32 Special Registers 272 JetWeb Register 61477 Operating system error Function Description Read Operating system error Write Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 The ERR LED it lit red when the content of register 61477 is unequal zero Meaning of register 61477 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 1 Bit 2 1 Bit 3 1 Bit 4 1 Bit 5 1 Illegal destination for GOTO or CALL The task was interrupted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2136 Current command would cause stack overflow The task was interrupted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2137 Current command would cause stack underflow The task was interrupted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2138 No application program or CRC error This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2139 OPC error This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2140 Syntax error in the interpreter This bit is set if for example a command is to be carried out which is not supported by the interpreter This bit can also be queried by means of spe
166. g of register 63770 When a division by zero occurs the counter register 63770 is incremented by one On program start up this register is initialized with 0 274 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 2 Computing Speed Register 63771 Program address which has caused division by 0 Function Description Read Program address which has caused division by 0 Write Illegal Value range 0 through 256 1 024 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63771 It contains the program address which has caused division by 0 Register 63787 Current build level Function Description Read Current build level Write Illegal Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset Current build level The current build level is a subversion number based on the controller version register 62977 32 2 Computing Speed Register 63796 Computing speed Function Description Read Last value Write 0 100 MHz JC 647 operates at standard speed 1 133 MHz JC 647 operates at higher speed by approx 30 faster than standard speed Value range 0 1 Value after reset 0 Jetter AG 275 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 3 Task Control Register 61467 Task switch conditions Function Description Read Last value Write New task switch condition Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 3 Task switch condit
167. ge 307 63796 Computing speed R Functional group Computing speed W Page 275 63809 Divisor for value input R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER_INPUT W Page 282 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix Register Name R Description Number 63810 Decimal positions for R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER INPUT W Page 283 63827 State of Web function R Functional group Web Function initialization Initialization Page 202 Page 204 Page 303 63828 Own IP address R Functional group E Mail W Page 261 63829 SMTP server IP address R Functional group E Mail W Page 261 63830 POP3 server IP address R Functional group E Mail W Page 261 63831 Port number SMTP R Functional group E Mail server W Page 261 63832 Port number POP3 R Functional group E Mail server W Page 261 63833 Processing status of the R Functional group E mail function e mail Page 304 63834 Task number R Functional group E mail function Page 304 63835 Processing State R Functional group Data Files Page 306 63836 Task number R Functional group Data Files Page 306 63892 Start delay R Functional group Timer register W Page 326 63895 Time for timeout R Functional group Ethernet control Page 301 63896 Processing time of R Functional group Ethernet control network instruction Page 301 63897 Quantity of network R Functional group Ethernet control errors W Page 302 63898 Er
168. gned to module slot 3 Register 61570 Is assigned to module slot 4 Register 61571 Is assigned to module slot 5 Register 61572 Is assigned to module slot 6 Register 61573 Is assigned to module slot 7 Register 61574 ls assigned to module slot 8 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 18 Specifying the floating point register array 32 18 Specifying the floating point register array Register 61810 Specifying the floating point register array Function Description Read Start of the floating point register array Write Specifying the start of the floating point register array with a value less than 1000 the value 1000 is written into the register with a value less than 20479 the value 20479 is written into the register Value range 1000 through 20479 Value after reset 20479 Meaning of register 61810 Specifies the register where the floating point register array starts The floating point register area always ends at 20479 Example 1 The numeric value of register 61810 is 1000 The floating point register array starts at register 1000 and ends at register 20479 Example 2 The numeric value of register 61810 is 20479 No floating point register array has been defined Jetter AG 329 32 Special Registers JetWeb Switching over between integer and floating point registers variables The remanent variables registers in the address range from 1000 th
169. gramming JetWeb 3 Loading by double indirect addressing JetSym REGISTER_LOAD rVoltage rVPointer JetSym ST rVoltage rVPointer The value of the register the number of which is specified in the register rVPointer is loaded into register rVoltage 4 Double Indirect Addressing Numerical example Register Number Value REG 64 111 REG 111 70035 REG 150 11 REG 11 Any value This example will be carried out using the following instruction JetSym REGISTER LOAD 150 64 JetSym ST VAR pDestination INT AT VL 150 pSource INT AT VL 64 END VAR pDestination pSource This instruction results in the following register values and the graphic representation shown in Fig 42 Register 64 111 remains unchanged Register 111 70035 remains unchanged Register 150 11 remains unchanged Register 11 0150 64 111 70035 112 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 150 REG 150 11 REG 11 Any value 70035 is copied to register 11 Fig 42 Example for Double Indirect Addressing with JetSym 17 4 2 Calculations by Means of Registers For forming expressions in JetSym und JetSym ST the arithmetical operators for the 4 basic arithmetical operations and the operators for bit wise interconnection of registers WAND WOR WXOR are available Processing expressions JetSym Expressions are strictly processed from
170. gt Attach the JC 647 module firmly to the JX6 housing see Fig 10 y Follow the instructions given in Application Note 016 EMC Compatible Installation of the Electric Cabinet published by Jetter AG The following instructions are excerpts from Application Note 016 It is of great importance that the JX6 rack is screwed down to a highly conductive mounting plate On principle physical separation should be maintained between signal and voltage lines We recommend spacings greater than 20 cm Cables and lines should cross each other at an angle of 90 gt Shield cables on both ends y Unshielded wire ends of shielded cables should be as short as possible y entire shield must be drawn behind the isolation and then be clamped under an earthed strain relief with the greatest possible surface area When male connectors are used y Only use metallized connectors e g SUB D with metallized housing Make sure that the strain relief is directly connected with the housing here as well see Fig 2 Jetter AG 19 1 Safety Instructions JetWeb Fig 2 Shielding of SUB D connectors in conformity with EMC standards Important E To avoid malfunctions the following must be ensured gt Adhere to the measures for increasing immunity to interference Compliance with these measures will also prevent malfunctions 20 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 2 1 Operating System Release 2 Overview o
171. guring RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle To configure RemoteScan function 80 is used However this function does not start communication Special Function 81 Starting RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 81 is used to start a RemoteScan that has been configured using function 80 Special Function 82 Stopping RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 81 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 82 is used to stop a running RemoteScan When doing so all possibly existing communication connections are closed 341 33 Special Functions JetWeb For more information on RemoteScan as well as on special functions 80 81 and 82 refer to chapter 27 RemoteScan on page 225 33 9 Data Files Special Function 90 Saving values Creating a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 90 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 90 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 90 is for creating a new data file and inserting a selectable register or flag block into this file Special Function 91 Saving values Appending to a file JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 91 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 91 Parameterl P
172. h a command The bus terminating resistor at both ends of the system bus must be activated in the JX6 SB submodules For all other devices it must be deactivated Deactivating the bus terminating Command 13 register 11m101 resistor Activating the bus terminating resistor Command 14 register 11m101 Jeter 9 recor T fae sis With Without Without With Bus Terminating Resistor Fig 47 Networking of several JC 647 controllers in Master Master mode Example Command Register of the JX6 SB Submodule A command is to be entered into register 1 of port 1 command register The JX6 SB submodule is located in socket 2 on the JC 647 Initializing the Master Master mode of the JX6 SB submodule REGISTER LOAD 112101 10 Deactivating the bus terminating resistor REGISTER_LOAD 112101 13 Jetter AG 153 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 19 2 Operating Modes The JX6 SB submodule can be operated in three different modes Master Slave D
173. he help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth digit is always 3 The digits five and six xx specify the IO module number minus 2 0 30 The digit seven z specifies the actual register number One of the 10 possible registers will be selected using this register number Jetter AG 163 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 164 Register area for JX SIO Lumberg LJX7 CSL and third party modules By way of example REG 3m05xzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number module number minus 70 Always 5 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth digit is always 5 The digits five x specifies the IO module number minus 70 0 9 The digits six and seven zz specify the actual register number One of the 100 possible registers will be selected using this register number Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 6 Firmware Mas
174. he result to the end of this frame Number of the register with the first datum of the MODBUS protocol Number of the register with the last datum of the MODBUS protocol with the two bytes for the CRC checksum The number of the last register is smaller than the number of the first register Each register may contain useful data in the lowest 8 bits only Undefined Approx 68 us when the data length is 100 registers Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 33 6 Modbus RTU CRC Checksum JetSym sample program for checking a Modbus CRC checksum In the following example a Modbus CRC checksum is calculated and checked using special functions 60 and 61 If the checksum is correct a 1 is returned Else a is returned REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD REGISTER LOAD 106 REGISTER LOAD 107 SPECIALFUNCTION 61 IF 100 101 102 103 104 105 Reg 108 1 THEN ELSE 0x02 0x03 0x00 0x20 0x00 0x04 0x45 OxFO 100 107 Slave Address Function code Starting number Starting number Quantity Quantity CRC checksum CRC checksum Checking CRC checksum The result is contained in register 108 CRC checksum correct CRC checksum incorrect 339 33 Special Functions 340 JetWeb 33 7 Modbus TCP The special system functions 65 reading registers and 6
175. icate a possible impending danger of light physical damage This sign is also to warn you of material damage Caution This sign is to indicate a possible impending situation which might bring damage is to the product or to its surroundings It also identifies requirements necessary to ensure faultless operation Important N You will be informed of various possible applications and will receive further T e useful suggestions p S It also gives you words of advice on how to efficiently use hardware and software in order to avoid unnecessary efforts Note d Enumerations are marked by full stops strokes or scores gt Operating instructions are marked by this arrow Automatically running processes or results to be achieved are marked by this arrow PC and HMI keys This symbol informs you of additional references data sheets literature etc associated with the given subject product etc It also helps you to find your way around this manual Jetter AG JetWeb Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Contents 1 Safety Instructions 1 1 Ensure Your Own Safety 1 2 Instructions on EMI 2 Overview of Functions 2 1 Operating System Release 2 2 Functions 2 3 Register Areas 2 4 Program Memory and Data Formats 2 5 Functional Diagram 3 Design of the JC 647 4 Operating Conditions 5 JX6 Rack 5 1 Physical Dimensions 5 1 1 JX6 Basis 1 with One Slot 5 1 2 JX6 Basis 2 with Two Slots 5 1 3 JX6
176. ig 31 Setting the Port Address in JetSym Note If the JetSym program is to be used together with the operating system Windows NT and the JETWay port then the SETUP JETWAY BOARD program must be installed Jetter AG 97 15 Serial Interfaces 98 JetWeb 15 5 Network interface JETWay R The network interface JETWay R serves for networking PLCs and or for the networking of devices such as remote IOs valve terminals etc Specification of Connectors On the controller side e 9 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm On the other side depending on the connected device Controller or remote D32 9 pin male SUB D connector in metallized housing Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 0 128 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Number of cores 3 Core cross sectional area 0 14 mm Max cable length 400 m Cable Shielding Complete shielding no paired shielding The shield must be connected to the connector housings on both ends of the cable with the greatest possible surface area JETWay R Cable Controller Shield Other side of the cable Connector depends on the device to be connected Shield NET1 or NET2 NET1 or NET2 of an additional con troller remote IO or valve terminal Connect shield with the greatest possible surface area Use metallized housing only Pin
177. igit is always 7 The digits five x specifies the IO module number minus 70 0 9 The digits six and seven zz specify the actual register number One of the 100 possible registers will be selected using this register number Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB l Register Area for JX2 Slave Modules By way of example REG 3m1xyzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number Axis or controller number Slave Module Number Always 1 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 1 The fourth digit x specifies the number of the slave module connected to the system bus x Slave module number 2 9 The fifth digit y is the number of the axis or controller 0 9 The digits six and seven zz specify the actual register number One of the 100 possible registers will be selected using this register number 167 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 168 Register Area for JetMove 2xx and JetMove 6xx By way of example REG 3m1xzzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual regi
178. igital and analog input data of JX SIO modules 3m0 6000 3m0 6999 Overlaid IO registers for digital inputs and registers for digital and analog output data of JX SIO modules 3m0 7000 3m0 7999 Configuration and status registers of JX SIO Lumberg LJX7 CSL and third party modules 3m 12100 3m 19999 Configuration and status registers of the JX2 Slave and JetMove modules Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB l Configuration and status registers of the JX6 SB I submodule By way of example REG 1xyzzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number Port number Submodule socket Slot where the JC 647 controller is located always 1 Always 1 The registers are addressed with the help of a 6 digit number The first digit is always 1 The second digit is always 1 The second digit specifies the slot where the JetControl 647 controller module is located The third digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB I submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The fourth digit p specifies the port number The port number p is to distinguish the four register ranges on the JX6 SB I submodule p Port number 1 4 The digits five and six zz specifiy the actual register number with the letters zz corresponding to the register numbers from
179. ignment Female SUB D connector 15 pins View Pin Signal Comment 1 GND Reference potential 1 9 2 Not assigned 3 IOUTA Current output Channel 4 7 4 IOUT3 Current output Channel 3 O 5 IOUT2 Current output Channel 2 E 6 IOUT1 Current output Channel 1 8 P 15 7 GND Reference potential 8 GND Reference potential 9 GND Reference potential 10 GND Reference potential 11 VOUT4 Voltage output channel 4 12 VOUT3 Voltage output channel 3 13 VOUT2 Voltage output channel 2 14 VOUT1 Voltage output channel 1 15 Not assigned 55 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 7 5 2 Overview of Registers Addressing a submodule socket Submodule socket 1 y 3 Submodule socket 2 y 4 Submodule socket 3 y 5 Overview of Registers sr Description 63y01 DAC output value channel 1 32 768 32 767 63y02 DAC output value channel 2 32 768 32 767 63y03 DAC output value channel 3 32 768 32 767 63y04 DAC output value channel 4 32 768 32 767 56 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 7 6 Submodule JX6 SV 7 6 Submodule JX6 SV The JX6 SV submodule can be used either as fast dual channel counter or to control servo axes This chapter describes the dual channel counter function A description of the servo controller function is given in the Operator s Manual of the JX6 SV C
180. imum transfer rate or the maximum cable length The permissible baud rates of the system bus also depend on the modules connected to it Permissible Baud Rates JX2 I O Modules JX SIO 125 250 505 1000 JX2 Slave LJX7 CSL kBaud kBaud kBaud kBaud Modules v v v v v v v v v v v v v v 19 4 Diagnostic Indicators LEDs Four LEDs are located in the front panel of the JX6 SB I submodule which indicate the various modes the submodule is in Description of LEDs After power up View LED Status Meaning R Slowly blinking The JX6 SB green submodule is ready for initialization commands R Blinking twice then The JX6 SB I green long interval submodule is ready for initialization og commands 08 R Blinking fast The JX6 SB l ae green submodule has no O E red valid firmware l yellow 155 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb Description of LEDs Master Slave Mode View LED Status Meaning R is lit This LED indicates green successfulinitialization uo command 1 or 6 en command 30 of the JX6 SB l submodule E red is lit When the operating System firmware of the 6 5 1 submodule is running the red LED indicates the state of the error bits in the status register 11m100 When an error has occurred the LED E is lit l yellow is lit The yello
181. instructed trained and authorised persons are permitted to operate the JC 647 module Transport Only by personnel with knowledge in handling electrostatically sensitive components Installation Only by specialists with training in electrical engineering Commissioning Only by specialists with extensive knowledge of and experience with electrical engineering drive technology Jetter AG 15 1 Safety Instructions 16 JetWeb Modifications and Alterations to the Module Due to safety reasons no modifications and alterations to the JC 647 module and its functions are allowed Any modifications to the JC 647 module not expressly authorized by the manufacturer will result in a loss of any liability claims to Jetter AG The original parts are specifically designed for the JC 647 module Parts and equipment of other manufacturers are not tested on our part and are therefore not released by us The installation of such parts may impair the safety and the proper functioning of the JC 647 module Any liability on the part of Jetter AG for any damages resulting from the use of non original parts and equipment is excluded Maintaining the JC 647 Module The JC 647 module is not maintenance free It is equipped with a battery which has to be replaced at regular intervals The designed service life of the original battery is gt 10 years The battery condition can be checked in the following way Special Flag 2146 1 Battery for r
182. ion Atmospheric pressure 2000 m DIN EN 61131 2 27 4 Operating Conditions Mechanical Parameters JetWeb Features Value s Preferable reference depending on the standard s product depending on the product Free Falls Height of fall units within DIN EN 61131 2 Withstanding Test packing 1 m DIN EN 60068 2 32 Vibration Resistance 10 Hz 57 Hz 0 0375 mm continuous amplitude 0 075 mm peak amplitude 57 Hz 150 Hz 0 5 con stant acceleration for con tinuous operation 1 g constant acceleration occasionally 1 octave minute 10 frequency sweeps sinusoidal all 3 spatial axes DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 60068 2 6 Shock Resistance 15 g occasionally 11 ms sinusoidal half wave 2 shocks in all three spatial axes DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 60068 2 27 Class of Protection When correctly installed in the rack IP 20 DIN EN 60529 Mounting Position Generally vertically Electrical Safety Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product Protection class DIN EN 61131 2 Dielectric Test Voltage Functional ground is connected to chassis ground internally DIN EN 61131 2 Overvoltage Category DIN EN 61131 2 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG EMC Emitted interference Features Value s Prefera
183. ions A task switch is always carried out when the following conditions are fulfilled DELAY USER INPUT WHEN not fulfilled as well as in the following case Flag 2056 AND task switch timeout reg 61804 Flag 2057 and GOTO Flag 2058 and IF not fulfilled The state of flag 2056 is identical with that of bit O of register 61467 Bit 0 0 No task switch in case of timeout reg 61804 Bit 0 1 Task switch in case of timeout reg 61804 The state of flag 2057 is identical with that of bit 1 of register 61467 Bit 1 0 No task switch in case of GOTO Bit 1 1 Task switch in case of GOTO The state of flag 2058 is identical with that of bit 2 of register 61467 Bit 2 0 No task switch in case of IF not fulfilled Bit 2 1 Task switch in case of IF not fulfilled 276 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 3 Task Control Register 61474 Multitasking control Function Description Read Selected interfaces Write Add interface Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61474 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 1 Bit 2 1 The PC interface is selected with each task switch This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2112 The LCD interface is selected with each task switch This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2113 The network interface is selected with each task switch This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2114
184. iption Read Set number of text buffer Write A new text buffer is assigned to HMI 4 Value range 1 through 4 Value after reset 4 Meaning of registers 61788 through 61791 A buffer can be assigned to each display with the help of registers 61788 through 61791 Register 61792 Basic key flag number for HMI 1 Function Description Read Set basic number Write Basic number of flags which are used for HMI 1 to recognize keystrokes Value range 161 through 1824 2000 Value after reset 2000 Register 61793 Basic key flag number for HMI 2 Function Description Read Set basic number Write Basic number of flags which are used for HMI 2 to recognize keystrokes Value range 161 through 1824 2000 Value after reset 2000 Jetter AG 287 32 Special Registers JetWeb Register 61794 Basic key flag number for HMI 3 Function Description Read Set basic number Write Basic number of flags which are used for HMI 3 to recognize keystrokes Value range 161 through 1824 2000 Value after reset 2000 Register 61795 Basic key flag number for HMI 4 Function Description Read Set basic number Write Basic number of flags which are used for HMI 4 to recognize keystrokes Value range 161 through 1824 2000 Value after reset 2000 Meaning of registers 61792 through 61795 Registers 61792 through 61795
185. isplay 2 0 3 Page 293 61787 Same Indirect Buffer Number 1 1 4 with Device 0 2 2 3 Page 285 61788 Same Multi Display Mode 1 1 4 Text buffer number for 2 1 HMI 1 3 Page 286 61789 Same Multi Display Mode 1 1 4 Text buffer number for 2 2 HMI 2 3 Page 286 61790 Same Multi Display Mode 1 1 4 Text buffer number for 2 3 HMI 3 Page 286 61791 Same Multi Display Mode 1 1 4 Text buffer number for 2 4 HMI 4 3 Page 287 255 31 Overview of Special Registers 256 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Display 61792 Same Multi Display Mode 1 161 1824 Base flag number for 2000 HMI 1 2 2000 3 Page 287 61793 Same Multi Display Mode 1 161 1824 Base flag number for 2000 HMI 2 2 2000 3 Page 287 61794 Same Multi Display Mode 1 161 1824 Base flag number for 2000 HMI 2 2000 3 Page 288 61795 Same Multi Display Mode 1 161 1824 Base flag number for 2000 HMI 4 2 2000 3 Page 288 61796 Same Multi Display Mode 1 0 20479 61488 Register number for 2 61488 controlling LEDs of 3 Page 289 HMI 1 61797 Same Multi Display Mode 1 0 20479 61488 Register number for 2 61488 controlling LEDs of 3 Page 289 HMI 2 61798 Same Multi Display Mode 1 0 20479 61488 Register number f
186. itch Domain Name Download EC Low Voltage Directive Electrical isolation Electro Magnetic Compatibility Flags Floating Point Notation Integer IO Module Number Binary presentation of a parameter e g time This parameter in digital representation can be changed in given steps only that is in binary mode Contrasted with analog Dual in line Package Switch An address of a network connection in the format that identifies the owner of that address in a hierarchical format server organization type In communications to transfer a copy of a file from a remote computer to the requesting computer for example an OS from a PC to a JetControl To be considered when using electric devices of a rated voltage between AC 50 and 1000 V and between DC 75 and 1500 V With electrical separation the sensor ground is electrically isolated from the internal ground GND of the controller Definition according to the EMC regulations EMC is the ability of a device to function in a satisfactory way in an electro magnetic environment without causing electromagnetic disturbances itself which would be unbearable for other devices in this environment 1 bit storage position for intermediate results which are required for linkage purposes The state of the bit is either O or 1 The floating point notation is also called exponential notation It is a numeric format that can be used to represent very large and very sma
187. ively The following assignment applies Overlaying of user flags for register 61667 Bit number 0 1 2 3 ae 9 10 11 Flags 2224 2225 2226 2227 28 2233 2234 2235 299 32 Special Registers 300 JetWeb 32 4 7 Baud rate of HMI LCD Register 62984 Baud rate of HMI LCD Function Description Read Current baud rate Write New baud rate Value range 0 through 11 Value after reset 6 9600 baud Meaning of register 62984 Setting Baud rate in baud bit s 0 150 1 300 2 600 3 1 200 4 2 400 5 4 800 6 9 600 default 7 19 200 8 38 400 10 76 800 11 115 200 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 5 Ethernet Control 32 5 Ethernet Control 32 5 1 Addressing For assigning the IP address please refer to chapter 21 1 Setting the IP Address on page 177 32 5 2 Times Register 63895 Time for timeout Function Description Read Setting timeout time in milliseconds Write Illegal Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 250 ms Meaning of register 63895 Indicates the time after which the communication attempt is terminated with the message timeout The time is indicated in milliseconds Register 63896 Processing time of network instruction Function Description Read Processing time in milliseconds Write Illegal Value range 0 th
188. l group Task control 185299 DELAY Page 253 384 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Appendix Appendix F List of Illustrations Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig Fig ONDNOARWN gt Earthing JX6 rack Shielding of SUB D connectors in conformity with EMC standards Functional Diagram Front Side and Top Views of the JC 647 JX6 Basis 1 Rack JX6 Basis 2 Rack JX6 Basis 4 Rack JX6 Basis 8 Rack Top and Side Views of the JX6 Rack Front View of the JX6 Rack with Modules Wheel of keying pins provided with the control system Usage of keying pins Top view of the JXC Basis 4 Rack with Keyed Connectors RUN STOP LOAD Switch of the JC 647 Module Power Supply Terminal of JC 647 Digital Input LEDs of the JC 647 External circuit of the digital inputs 11 and 13 Side View Submodule JX6 116 Front View Submodule JX6 116 LEDs of the submodule JX6 116 External circuit of the digital inputs 43 and 45 Side View of the JX6 O16 Submodule Front View of the JX6 O16 Submodule LEDs of the JX6 O16 Submodule External circuit of the digital outputs 11 and 15 Overview of Counters Serial Interfaces of the JC 647 module Setting the Baud Rate for the
189. l time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Minutes 62914 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Hours 62916 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Day of the week 62917 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Tag 62918 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Month 62919 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Year 62920 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Page 353 Seconds 62921 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Page 353 Minutes 62922 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Page 353 Hours 62924 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Page 353 Day of the week 62925 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Page 353 Tag 62926 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock individual registers Month Page 353 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Appendix Register Name R Description Number 62927 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock in
190. late file is placed in the EMAIL directory The name of the e mail default template file is defined in the DEFAULT section of the e mail initialization file email ini The default setting of the e mail default template file name is email_default cfg Following default sections can be preset FROM E mail sender TO E mail addressee CC Additional e mail addressee s SUBJECT E mail reference ATTACHMENT Complete path and file name MESSAGE E mail text 205 25 E Mail 206 JetWeb 25 6 Transmission of Controller Values Actual controller values can be integrated into the parameters of the sections via tag functions Thus the contents respectively states of registers and text variables inputs outputs and flags can be transmitted via e mail All tags start with the following string JW DTAG and are closed by the characters gt Between these tags variables can be defined 25 6 1 Format Definition The appearance of the different variables or the number of places can be influenced by means of the variable Format When specifiying the format the number of digits characters representing a variable can be defined by the character e Prefixing a zero 0 suppresses the output of leading zeroes applies to the register types INT INTX and REAL Prefixing a plus sign suppresses the output of a sign applies to the register types INT and REAL A positive value is preceded by a
191. le JX6 DA4 Chapter 7 6 Submodule JX6 SV Submodule JX6 SV v Assignment of 15 pin SUB D connector Chapter 8 Optional PC card instead of socket 3 Chapter 11 1 Input delay time 363 Appendices 364 JetWeb Chapter Comment Revised Added Deleted Chapter 14 2 Reset value of command register 63794 Chapter 15 Front panel JC 647 with reference to serial port Chapter 15 3 Chapter 15 5 HMI LCD v Interface has been moved to chapter 15 3 Description of additional HMI cables Chapter 16 Front panel with reference to Ethernet port Chapter 17 4 Example on Double Indirect Addressing Chap 17 4 1 JetSym ST instructions Chap 17 4 2 JetSym ST instructions Chapter 18 1 Additional HMIs v Chapter 18 3 Multi display mode Chapter 18 4 Cursor positions JetSym ST instructions examples Chapter 19 Submodule JX6 SB I Chapter 19 4 Diagnostics by LED v Chapter 19 5 JETTER System Bus Cable Chapter 19 6 Master Slave Firmware v Register area for Lumberg v LJX7 CSL modules Register area for JetMove v 2xx and JetMove 6xx servo amplifiers Chapter 19 6 Master Slave Firmware Chapter 19 7 Contents moved to v chapter 19 1 2 Chapter 19 8 Note has been moved to the beginning of chapter 19 Ch 19 10 1 Third party modules Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG
192. left to right no order of operation rule If a specific order of operations is to be ensured brackets have to be inserted manually JetSym ST Here multiplication division and bit wise AND relation are given priority over addition subtraction and bit wise OR and XOR relations If there is no priority the expression is processed from left to right Note An operation is given priority by means of brackets which are automatically inserted This fact has to be taken into account when processing expressions where floating point and integer values are mixed for more information refer to the next section 113 17 Software Programming JetWeb 114 Calculations of Floating Point Integer Values Basically floating point and integer values and constants can be mixed within an arithmetical expression However especially with value overruns or underruns the prinicple of operation of the OS has to be taken into account Processing of an expression is always started as integer calculation This means that intermediate results of divisions are stored without decimal places When the first floating point register or floating point constant is encounterd processing switches over to floating point operation The remaining expression is calculated using floating point values integer values will also be converted With an opening bracket and a function call the existing intermediate result as well as the calculation type are interna
193. lied with DC 24 V by a PSU of their own Therefore they do not require a JX2 PS1 module The last JX SIO module has to be equipped with a terminating resistor Themaximum line length and tap line length depending on the baud rate must not be exceeded Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 1 Technical Data JX2 PS1 JX2 OD8 JX2 SM1D JX2 ID8 JX2 IA4 JX2 SM2 JX SIO 71 JX SIO 70 axsio jz vw PEDE noona 00000 Fig 46 Remote Arrangement on the JETTER System Bus Assigning System Bus Module Numbers When assigning system bus module numbers JX2 I O modules JX2 Slave modules and JX SIO modules have to be counted separately In this connection the following rules apply Jetter AG All JX2 I O modules are counted up beginning from the JX6 SB I module When doing so all JX2 Slave modules JX SIO and JX2 PS1 modules are being ignored The number 2 is assigned to the first JX2 I O module connected to the JX6 SB I submodule All JX2 Sl
194. ll numbers Floating point numbers are stored in two parts a mantissa and an exponent For example 456000 is expressed as 456E3 Also called integral number or whole number A positive or negative integral number e G 37 50 or 764 In programming integer stands for a data type representing whole numbers Calculations with integers are considerably faster than calculations with floating point numbers Therefore integers are commonly used for counting and numbering procedures Integers can have a leading sign positive or negative or be unsigned positive In addition to this distinction is made between long and short integers depending on the number of bytes they occupy in the memory Short integers comprise a smaller range of numbers e g 32 768 to 32 767 than long integers do for example 2 147 483 648 through 2 147 483 647 Number of a JX2 I O module a JX SIO or another module connected to the JETTER system bus 369 Appendices 370 JETTER System Bus JX2 I O Module JX2 Slave Module Master Slave Arrangement Multitasking Parity Pulse Width Modulation Real time clock Registers RemoteScan Resolution Ripple Smoothing Filtering JetWeb A CAN bus which has been modified to meet JETTER s software and hardware requirements Non intelligent JETTER system bus expansion module such as JX2 ID8 JX2 OD8 Intelligent JETTER system bus expansion module such as JX2 SM1
195. lly buffered and the operating system switches over to integer calculation With a closing bracket and when returning from a function the OS resumes the buffered calculation type When comparing arithmetical expressions the calculation of the expression on the right side of the equals sign is started as integer calculation irrespective of how the calculation of the expression on the left side of the equals sign has been carried out With an assignment the calculation of the expression on the right side of the assignment operator starts with the type of register variable to which the result is to be assigned provided the register variable is a local JetControl 24x register variable Otherwise an integer calculation starts When a floating point value is assigned to an integer register integer variable the value is rounded to the next integer Operators for bit wise relations may be used for integer calculations only Examples JetSym REG rResult 12 5 2 JetSym ST rResult 12 5 2 If rResult is an integer register or a register located on an expansion module value 4 is assigned to it since decimal places are not taken into account with integer divisions f rResult is a local floating point register calculations are carried out using floating point values Thus the result which is assigned to the register is 4 8 JetSym REG rResult 12 0 5 2 JetSym ST rResult 12 0 5
196. ls REGISTER LOAD 400 1 REGISTER LOAD 401 8 REGISTER LOAD 402 15 REGISTER LOAD 403 2 REGISTER LOAD 404 1 REGISTER LOAD 405 8 REGISTER LOAD 406 3 REGISTER LOAD 407 4 REGISTER LOAD 408 20 REGISTER LOAD 409 4 REGISTER LOAD 410 20 REGISTER LOAD 411 6 Sorting data using special function 50 SPECIALFUNCTION 50 100 200 IF REG 200 0 Error code unequal to 0 THEN DISPLAY TEXT 0 20 Error GOTO sError ELSE Jetter AG 347 34 Sorting data JetWeb Fig 56 shows the data block before the sorting process Fig 57 shows the data block after the sorting process A Q Q Q Q o o o o 5 5 5 A Co N Fig 56 Data block before the sorting process A 2 2 A D Q O O x m a A Co N B Sue Sa and cu n ee Fig 57 Data block after the sorting process 348 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 35 Oscilloscope of JetSym The values of user registers 0 through 20479 can be represented in the oscilloscope window of the JetSym program The online help of JetSym describes the possibilities of this window and what needs to be observed when representing register values in the oscilloscope window MC AxisSetup Jetter Jetsym _ j Fie Edit View Project Build Debug Setup Tools Window Help OCLEUCE TERTE AE il Workspace MC AxisSetup
197. ly 2 voltage may cause damages to the JC 647 module fthe JC 647 module is not supplied with sufficient power under voltage malfunctions may occur Caution _ Note M Protection against polarity reversal The JC 647 module is protected against polarity reversal For testing the module a voltage of 24 volts with reversed polarity was applied for 10 s Jetter AG 63 10 Power Supply 64 JetWeb 10 2 Description of Connections Terminal Specifications 2 pole terminal block COMBICON RM 5 08 for printed circuit boards Cable cross sectional area 0 25 2 5 mm Bladed screw driver 0 6 x 3 5 x 100 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Not needed Cable Shielding Not needed 1 Power supply terminal Fig 15 Power Supply Terminal of JC 647 Pin Assignment of 2 pin Plug for Terminal Blocks View Pin Signal Comment 24 V DC 20 30 V ov OV GND EB Jetter AG JetControl 647 11 1 Technical Data 11 Digital Inputs 11 1 Technical Data Digital inputs form an integral part of the JC 647 Functional Data Number of inputs 16 digital inputs Rated voltage DC 24 V Electrical Data Voltage Range DC 15 27 V Signal voltage ON min 15 V Signal voltage OFF max 10V Input current approx 8 mA Input resistance 3 0kQ Input delay time approx 500 us with state change from 0 to 1
198. m 189 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 23 1 23 2 23 2 1 23 2 2 23 2 3 23 3 23 3 1 23 3 2 23 4 23 4 1 24 24 1 24 2 24 3 25 25 1 25 2 25 3 25 4 25 5 25 6 25 6 1 25 6 2 25 6 3 25 6 4 25 6 5 25 6 6 25 6 7 25 7 25 8 26 26 1 26 2 26 2 1 26 2 2 26 2 3 Properties User Administration Flash Disk Lock File Key Names File User File System directories files The files System flashdisklock ini System keys ini and System users ini The file System flashdiskinfo txt Formatting the Flash Disk Formatting by means of Registers FTP Server Log In Supported Commands Example Windows FTP Client E Mail The E Mail INI file Structure of the E Mail Template File Name of the E Mail Template File Sending E Mails The E Mail Default Template File Transmission of Controller Values Format Definition Register Text Variable Register Bit Variable Flags Inputs Outputs Indirect Access Peak Values E Mail Tracking Register HTTP Server Supported File Types Serverside Includes Name Space Tag Data Tag Example Page Table of Contents 189 189 190 191 192 193 193 194 195 195 197 197 198 199 201 201 202 203 204 205 206 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 213 215 215 215 216 216 223 Table of Contents 12 JetWeb 26 3 Visualization via Internet browser 224 27 RemoteScan 225 27 1 Special System Functions 225 27 1 1
199. m ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 96 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating principle Function 96 is for deleting a data file from the flash disk Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset Meaning 0 File Name Parameter 2 Number of the register address ofthe variable resulting from the function Potential errors Error code Meaning 0 No error 5 Error when deleting the file 10 Data file feature not available 20 Internal OS error 29 2 Registers A description of these registers is given in chapter 32 9 Data Files on page 306 Jetter AG 241 29 Data Files 242 JetWeb 29 3 File Format These files are pure text files with one line for each entry The entries are to be terminated with carriage return line feed Comment lines are allowed A data file is to start with the file identifier SD1001 Data lines start with an identifier for the variable Now follows the number of the variable also separated by a blank or tab Now follows the value of the variable also separated by a blank or tab The IDs at the beginning of a line must not be indented Variable ID Variable type FS Flags QS Floating point numeral register RS Integer register All lines that do not start with such a variable ID are regarded as comment lines with the exception of the first line containing the file ID Example SD1001 JC 647 DATA FILE Jetter AG FS 111 1 This is a comment RS 20112 110 F
200. mbers Potential errors Negative number as argument Result in case of error 1 00 Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 21 Sine sin Function 21 Sine Value range of argument 1000 through 1000 radian measure Value range of the result 1 00 through 1 00 Potential errors None Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 22 Cosine cos Function 22 Cosine Value range of argument 1000 through 1000 radian measure Value range of the result 1 00 through 1 00 Potential errors None Computing time Approx 5 us 334 Jetter AG JetControl 647 33 4 Arithmetic Functions Special Function 23 Tangent tan Function 23 Tangent Value range of argument 1000 through 1000 radian measure Value range of the result 1E13 to 1E13 Potential errors None Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 24 Arc Sine arc sin Function 24 Arc Sin Value range of argument 1 00 through 1 00 Value range of the result pi 2 to pi 2 Potential errors Argument outside 1 00 1 00 Result in case of error 1 00 Computing time Approx 5 us Special Function 25 Arc Cosine arc cos Function 25 Arc Cosine Value range of argument 1 00 through 1 00 Value range of the result pi 2 to pi 2 Potential errors Argument outside 1 00 1 00 Result in case of error 1 00
201. n both cases the register accesses right to the equals sign result in reading the register content output instruction or input condition Example 1 THEN REG 1 REG 105 25 This example shows an assignment output instruction which is initiated by THEN By doing so register 105 is read and its content is multiplied by 25 The result of this arithmetic operation is stored in register 1 The content of register 105 remains unchanged Example 2 IF REG 1 REG 105 25 THEN In this case the expression REG 1 REG 105 25 is not part of an output instruction but of an input condition In this part of the program the value of register 1 remains unchanged It will only be compared with the product REG 105 25 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers The REGZERO lt RegNo gt Instruction The REGZERO instruction sets a register to zero as output instruction or queries whether the content of a register is zero as input condition After IF or WHEN this instruction has the following meaning as input condition An explanation will be given in the following example Example IF REGZERO 49 IF REG 49 0 THEN THEN These two program parts have got the same function On the right hand side of the example the comparison is carried out as general arithmetic comparison On the left hand side of the example the special instruction REGZERO is used Using REGZERO speeds up program execution
202. n to the specified server transmit the desired data and clear down the connection In case a connection exists that has been established by RemoteScan this connection will be used Setting up and clearing down the connection is not required The IP address is always to be specified directly It cannot be specified using names Important It is not advisable to issue TaskBreak or TaskRestart instructions for this task or to restart the program through JetSym while one of these functions is carried out since in such a case the connection remains established which may block additional transmissions 233 28 Modbus TCP JetWeb Special Function 65 Reading registers JetSym JetSym ST Operating principle SPECIALFUNCTION 65 Parameterl Parameter2 SYSTEMFUNCTION 65 Parameterl Parameter2 Using this function a register block from a Modbus TCP server is copied to the registers variables of the local memory Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset 0 1 2 3 5 Parameter 2 Meaning IP address Port number 502 Timeout in ms Number of the source remote register Number ofthe designation local register Quantity of Registers 1 125 Number of the register address of the variable resulting from the function Error code 0 1 or 2 4 5 8 10 Potential errors 234 Meaning No error Error during connection set up
203. n updating from OS release 2 xx to 3 xx Or when information for flash disk administration has been destroyed e g due to a voltage drop during a file operation 23 4 1 Formatting by means of Registers When the controller is powered up the content of register 63794 is checked during the initialization phase If at that moment this register contains the value 107 the flash disk will be formatted and value 0 will be assigned to the register Thus to format the flash disk using this register proceed as follows 1 Switch the controller on 2 Enter the value 107 into register 63794 using JetSym LCD HMI 3 Switch the controller off 4 Switch the controller on The flash disk formatting process starts 195 23 File System JetWeb 196 Jetter AG JetControl 647 24 1 Log In 24 FTP Server 7 Note M 27 2 The functions which described in this chapter are supported by JetControl 647 controllers with operating system release 3 50 and higher The FTP server allows access to directories and files of the flash disk integrated into the JC 647 using an FTP client program Apart from the command line FTP cline which comes with many PC operating systems graphic FTP tools can be used as well The FTP server on the JetControl 647 is able to manage 2 FTP connections simultaneously That is up to 2 FTP client programs can be connected with the JetControl 647 at the same time Any additional client which tries to
204. nction Description Read Current error code Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63780 Current error code 0 No error 1 Timeout 2 checksum error 3 error message from slave 4 no master specified Register 63781 Quantity of network errors Function Description Read Current number of errors Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 311 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 12 Controlling Network 2 32 12 1 Configuration of network 2 Register 62989 Configuration of network 2 Function Description Read Present configuration Write New configuration Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 8 PRIM RS 232 8 data bits 1 stop bit no parity 9600 baud Meaning of register 62989 Possible configurations Bit 0 0 user programmable interface PRIM 1 JETWay Bit 1 Reserved Bit 2 0 1 stop bit 1 2 stop bits Bit 3 0 7 data bits per character 1 8 data bits per character Bit 5 4 00 no parity 01 illegal 10 odd parity 11 7 even parity Bit 7 6 00 RS 232 01 RS 485 4 wire 10 RS 422 11 RS 485 2 wire _ Note M a 2 When bit 0 is set network operation JETWay is stopped The other bits are ignored in this case Full duplex mode is not supported by RS 485 4 wire 312 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 12 Cont
205. ng Register With the help of two registers the user can track whether an e mail has been sent A description of these registers is given in chapter 32 7 E mail Tunction page 304 213 25 E Mail JetWeb 214 Jetter AG JetControl 647 26 1 Supported File Types 26 HTTP Server 7 Note M 27 2 The functions which described in this chapter are supported by JetControl 647 controllers with operating system release 3 50 and higher The HTTP server can be accessed via standard browser The browser is for reading and displaying files which have been downloaded to the controller via FTP To do so it may also be necessary depending on the file system configuration to enter the user name and password to have access to certain files The default file names are index htm and index html 26 1 Supported File Types The following file types are supported htm html shtml e txt ini e gif tif tiff wbmp jpg jpeg png xml js jar java class cab 0Cx pdf zip doc rtf css wml wmlc wmls wmlsc 26 2 Serverside Includes Current controller values can be displayed in an HTML page using the Serverside Includes SSI function in the HTTP server To do so Name Space Tag has to be defined at the beginning of the HTML page that is to contain the controller values This name space tag defines the name space Used in
206. ng over by pressing ENTER disabled Jetter AG 293 32 Special Registers JetWeb Register 61818 Max time for USER_INPUT Function Description Read Current set value for the time Write New value for the time after which USER_INPUT is to be terminated Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 disabled Meaning of register 61818 The operating system knows from this register how much time in seconds the user has for an input using the USER_INPUT After a reset this register has the value 0 which means there is no time limit for the user to make the entry and confirm it with ENTER The number is then read and the program is continued to being processed Setting the register for example to 10 will terminate the USER_INPUT instruction after 10 seconds Meaning of flag 2053 This flag is to be seen in conjunction with the special register max time for USER_INPUT After a USER INPUT this flag can be queried whether the user has terminated the input correctly or whether the user input was terminated by a timeout Flag 2053 1 means the user input was terminated by a timeout Register 61825 Number of characters per line Function Description Read Number of character per line of the connected display Write Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 24 if no display is connected Meaning of register 61825 This register indicates the number of
207. nitoring Chapter Register 61810 32 18 Specifiying the floating point register array Chapter 33 Special functions Chapter 34 Special function 50 Chapter 35 JetSym oscilloscope In chapter JetSym menus release 15 chapter 2 3 1 have been added 35 and Appendix A Appendix OS download v Appendix E Listing of special register Last page Addresses v Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 367 Appendices 368 JetWeb Appendix C Glossary Amplitude modulation Analog Bit coded register Burst Bus Checksum Client Contact spacing Counter Cycle time DC DC converter Simple method of impressing a signal on a carrier wave in which the amplitude of the carrier is made to vary in proportion to the instantaneous value of the signal A parameter e g voltage which can be adjusted steplessly In contrast to digital A register the individual bits of which can be set or reset Synonym 1 Short period of intense activity on an otherwise quiet data channel 2 Short isolated sequence of transmitted signals 3 Fast transient interference A set of hardware lines conductors used for data transfer among the components of a computer system Buses are characterised by the number of bits they can transfer at a single time Distinction is made between serial bus systems transmission of one bit at a time and parallel bus systems simultaneous tr
208. o be switched off and then reapplied Incase the OS update did not work for example because the connection has been interrupted etc avoid at all costs to interrupt the 24 V power supply Otherwise only a minimum operating system initial program loader without Ethernet functions will be avaible If the JC 647 for one reason or another gets into initial program loader state the operating system has to be transferred via serial interface at 9600 baud This process takes quite a while During an OS update via Ethernet interface the controller continues to work maintaining its full range of functions system bus web functions etc Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Appendix B Recent Revisions Chapter Comment Revised Added Deleted Introduction Significance of this User History Description of Symbols Notes OS JetSym Version Y Chapter 1 Usage as Agreed Upon Who is Permitted to Operate the JC 647 Repair amp Maintenance Chapter 1 1 Ensure your own safety Chapter 1 3 Instructions Chapter 2 1 Submodule listing Chapter 2 2 Register areas Chapter 2 3 Program memory Chapter 7 1 Name of submodule JX6 ASI has been changed to JX6 AS INT1 Reference to additional information Chapter 7 2 Module type has been changed from ASI MODULE TYPE to AS_ Interface Chapter 7 4 Submodule JX6 AD8 Chapter 7 5 Submodu
209. of the controller runtime system All these services are based on the JetControl file system FTP Server HTTP Server E Mail Interpreter Standard FTP Supported files 256 E Mails Server htm html js Send by xml jpg gif User Program User jetter tif class jar ASCII attachment Password test dbg ocx dll Register Input pdf css etc values can be tagged into the mail text ile Systeme 7 directory 1 file level Directory and file name at max 64 characters Max 8 simultaneously opened files Case sensitive All characters except for allowed Date time size Fig 50 File system and server services Jetter AG 185 22 Introduction of JetControl Web Functions JetWeb 186 22 1 Initialization of Web Functions After power on of the controller the Web functions are initialized Bit 0 to 5 of register 63827 report of the state of the Web function initialization respectively their availability Register 63827 Bit No Availability 0 0 FTP server not available 1 FTP server available 1 0 HTTP server not available 1 HTTP server available 2 0 E Mail client not available 1 E Mail client available 3 0 Data file function not available 1 Data file function available 4 0 No Modbus TCP 1 Modbus TCP has been licensed 5 0 Modbus TCP server not available 1 Modbus TCP server has been started 22 2 The FTP Server The FTP server
210. ogId content FrontPage Editor Document lt title gt Index lt title gt lt head gt lt body gt Hello world amp nbsp lt p gt Current controller values can be inserted into an html page like this amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Register 100 lt JC DTAG name R100 type INT format gt or Hex Ox lt JC DTAG name PR100 10 type INTX format O gt or better like this lt JC DTAG name R100 type BOOL gt if only Boolean is queried But binary is also possible lt JC DTAG name R100 type INTB format iHHHHHHHE b amp nbsp p lt p gt Strings can also be defined JC DTAG name R1000 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Real numbers look like this lt JC DTAG name R62210 type REAL or lt JC DTAG name R62210 type REAL factor 1 3 format gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt The value of a flag is represented as follows lt JC DTAG name F10 gt or lt JC DTAG name PF100 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt By analogy for inputs and outputs lt JC DTAG name PI130 type BOOL or XJC DTAG name O105 type STRING gt amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt R100 JC DTAG name R100 type INT format 0 HHHHHHE amp nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Best regards nbsp lt p gt lt p gt Your JetControl lt p gt lt body gt lt html gt 223 26 HTTP Server JetWeb 26 3 Visualization via In
211. ogramming the HMIs Displaying Texts Displaying Registers USER INPUT USER INPUT Default Value 89 89 92 94 94 95 96 98 99 101 101 102 102 103 105 105 106 107 107 107 109 109 113 124 130 136 137 137 138 139 141 141 144 145 146 Table of Contents 10 JetWeb 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I 147 19 1 Technical Data 147 19 1 1 Operating Mode Master Slave JX6 SB 148 19 1 2 Operating Mode Master Master 152 19 2 Operating Modes 154 19 3 System Bus Baud Rate 155 19 4 Diagnostic Indicators LEDs 155 19 5 Description of Connections 157 19 5 1 JETTER System Bus Cable Specification 158 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB I 160 19 6 1 Overview of Registers 160 19 6 2 lO Range 169 20 Network Operation JetWay 171 20 4 JETWay H JETTER Data Highway 171 20 2 JETWay R Process Level 172 20 3 N SEND REGISTER and N GET REGISTER 174 20 3 1 N SEND REGISTER and N GET REGISTER 174 20 3 2 N GET REGISTER 175 20 4 Network Operation with 50000 Numbers 175 21 Network Operation via Ethernet 177 21 1 Setting the IP Address 177 21 2 N COPY TO andN COPY FROM 179 21 2 1 N COPY TO 179 21 2 2 N COPY FROM 182 22 Introduction of JetControl Web Functions 185 22 1 Initialization of Web Functions 186 22 2 The FIP Server 186 22 2 1 Log In 186 22 2 2 Key Instructions 187 22 3 Server 187 22 3 4 Supported File Types 187 22 3 2 Serverside Includes 187 22 4 The E Mail Client 188 23 File Syste
212. ol 647 Jetter AG 18 4 Programming the HMIs 18 4 Programming the HMIs This chapter describes the instructions necessary for programming the HMls For programming the following instructions will be used DISPLAY TEXT DISPLAY TEXT 2 DISPLAY REG DISPLAY VALUE USER INPUT 18 4 1 Displaying Texts The following instruction is used to display text on the HMI JetSym DISPLAY TEXT lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt Text DISPLAY TEXT 2 lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt XTextl lt 2 gt DISPLAY TEXT lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt lt RegNr gt JetSym ST DISPLAY TEXT lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt lt Text gt DISPLAY TEXT 2 lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt XTextl lt Text2 gt DISPLAY TEXT lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt lt StringVar gt Meaning of Parameters Device Number The parameter Device Number is specified by entering values from O through 11 0 The device number is directly read out of register 61787 1 through 4 Selection of an HMI in multi display mode Cursor Position This parameter is used to define the cursor position where the first character of the text is to appear If cursor position O is set and if the special register contains the value 0 then new text is attached to any already existing text The cursoris located at exactly the same position where it had been positioned after execution of the last DISPLAY TEXT
213. oltage DC 24 V Jetter AG 69 12 Submodule JX6 116 70 Caution JetWeb Electrical Data Voltage range DC 15 27V Signal voltage ON min 15 V Signal voltage OFF max 10 V Input current approx 8 mA Input resistance 3 0 kQ Input delay time approx 3 ms Electrical isolation None Important If a line with reverse polarity is connected to a digital input the input will be destroyed Jetter AG JetControl 647 12 2 Meaning of LEDs 12 2 Meaning of LEDs E x33 E x41 Submodule JX6 116 1 Terminal for digital inputs 33 to 40 2 Terminal for digital inputs 41 to 48 3 No function Fig 20 LEDs of the submodule JX6 116 LEDs of the submodule JX6 116 Designation Colour Function IN 33 48 Yellow Digital input 33 through 48 ON Signal voltage ON OFF Signal voltage OFF Jetter AG 71 12 Submodule JX6 116 JetWeb 12 3 Description of Connections Terminal Specifications 8 pole terminal block COMBICON RM 5 08 for printed circuit boards Diameter of the cable apt for connecting 0 25 2 5 mm Bladed screw driver 0 6 x 3 5 x 100 mm Connecting Cable Specifications Not needed Cable Shielding Not needed Pin Assignment of 8 pin Plug for Terminal Block
214. onfiguration to enter the user name and password to have access to certain files The default file names are index htm and index html 22 3 1 Supported File Types The following file types are supported htm html e js xml jpg e gif e tif class jar dbg e e dlil e pdf css 22 3 2 Serverside Includes This function allows to display current values of controller variables inputs outputs flags registers in an HTML page See also chapter 26 2 Serverside Includes on page 215 187 22 Introduction of JetControl Web Functions N 188 JetWeb 22 4 The E Mail Client Up to 256 E Mails can be sent from the controller via E Mail client The e mail templates have to be stored in the directory EMAIL Note The path EMAIL has to be written in capital letters since the file system is case sensitive JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 110 x y JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 110 x y x specifies the number of the register that contains the number of the E Mail that is to be sent The number of the E Mail is part of the E Mail file name email_0 cfg to email 255 cfg y stands for the register number that contains the function result e g error codes Each E Mail consists of different sections FROM AN CC SUBJECT ATTACHMENT MESSAGE Note The complete path to the attached file is specified in the ATTACHMENT section The attached file
215. ons JetWeb 344 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 34 1 Special System Function 50 34 Sorting data To sort data within the controller so far it was necessary to program the sorting algorithm in SYMPAS JetSym or JetSym ST The advantage of this approach was that each source line was known However this approach had an adverse effect on the sorting performance To offer the user the greatest possible flexibility the sorting algorithm is now separated from the data and is embedded in the OS of the controller The data to be sorted are indirectly addressed through a descriptor using parameter 1 34 1 Special System Function 50 JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 50 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 50 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating Special systemfunction 50 is used for sorting data which have principle been specified by parameter 1 Parameter 1 Pointer to the Input Descriptor Input Descriptor Offset Meaning 0 Beginning of the data Number of the start block with the data tobe register sorted 0 20479 Quantity of data records 2 1000 Data record length 2 240 0 999 0 1 Sorting element A O N gt Sorting mode Bit 0 0 Ascending order Bit 0 1 Descending order Bit 1 to 3 Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned ON O OC Unassigned 345 34 Sorting data Parameter 2 Potential errors Important E 346 0 1 2 3 Error cod
216. ontroller The JX6 SV submodule may be plugged into sockets 1 through 3 of the JC 647 controller 7 6 1 Description of Connections Pin Assignment Female SUB D connector 15 pins View Pin Signal Comment 1 GND 1 9 2 Zero pulse 3 KO Zero pulse 4 K1 Counter channel 1 5 K1 Counter channel 1 A 6 K2 Counter channel 2 8 9 15 7 K2 Counter channel 2 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 DC 5 V max 50 mA Voltage supply for incremental encoder 11 Unassigned 12 Unassigned 13 DA output 10 V 14 Relay contact 1 N O 15 Relay contact 2 floating 57 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 7 6 2 Overview of Registers Addressing a submodule socket Submodule socket 1 y 3 Submodule socket 2 y 4 Submodule socket 3 y 5 Overview of Registers Reg Description 63y01 Instruction Register 63y09 Actual position 4 fold evaluation 63y33 Relay 0 OFF 1 ON 63y60 DA output 32 767 corresponds to 10 V 58 Jetter AG JetControl 647 8 1 Hardware 8 PC Card The PC card is optional Either a PC card or a third socket is possible 8 1 Hardware The JC 647 is equipped with a programmable decoder chip CPLD with the designation D ADR2 to address the PC card interface Memory cards are supported according to PCMCIA V2 01 type I thickness 3 3 mm Cards with max
217. or e 8200 vector Cold plate Vacon Vacon NX Frequency converter Please read the corresponding User Informations for connecting and operating E third party modules Jetter AG 149 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb E 150 Important In order to ensure flawless functioning of the remote arrangement the following instructions as regards the system bus topology must be met Failure to meet these instructions will result in malfunctions of individual modules or breakdown of the entire system configuration Instructions on system bus topology maximum of 31 JX2 I O modules the JX2 PS1 modules not being counted can be connected For each remote module group at least one JX2 PS1 module or one 2 1016 module will be needed Even with intelligent modules the JX2 PS 1 modules must be located at the beginning of the JX2 Slave module set in order to reduce electromagnetic interferences One JX2 PS1 module is to supply 5 JX2 I O modules as a maximum One 2 1016 module is to supply 3 JX2 I O modules as a maximum Upto eight JX2 Slave modules JetMove 2xx and JetMove 6xx modules can be connected to a JX6 SB I Power supply of JX2 Slave modules such as JX2 SV1 JX2 PID1 JX2 SM1D etc is provided by an individual power supply unit DC 24 V and not by a JX2 PS1 module e JX2 Slave and JetMove modules are not capable of supplying JX2 I O modules with power e JX SIO modules are supp
218. or 2 61488 controlling LEDs of 3 Page 289 HMI 3 61799 Same Multi Display Mode 1 0 20479 61488 Register number for 2 61488 controlling LEDs of 3 Page 290 HMI 4 61818 Same Max time for 1 0 65 535 USER_INPUT 2 0 Default 0 disabled 3 Page 294 61825 Same Number of characters 1 0 255 per line 2 24 3 Page 294 61826 Same Number of lines 1 0 255 2 2 3 Page 295 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Display 61827 Same Number of characters 1 0 255 the product results 2 48 from the values in 3 Page 295 registers 61825 and 61826 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Restrictions for user input 61472 Same Restrictions of monitor 1 0 255 functions 2 255 3 Page 296 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of HMIs LCD Display Mapping of LEDs on HMIs 61480 61487 Same Mapping of keys on 1 0 255 HMIs 2 0 3 Page 297 61488 61489 Same Mapping of LEDs on 1 0 255 HMIs 2 0 3 Page 298 61667 Same Mapping of LEDs on 1 0 65 535 HMIs 2 0 BitO 11 overlaid by 3 Page 299 registers
219. or disabled by this register to allow the user to have access to defined operating functions If monitor functions disabled for service staff are to be enabled again this register can be used as well 0 function disabled 1 function enabled Register Bit 61472 Bit 0 1 Display a register by pressing the R key Bit0 0 No function is assigned to the R key Bit 1 1 Display a flag 2 times R Bit 1 0 Flags cannot be displayed Bit 2 1 Displaying outputs by pressing the I O key Bit2 0 Outputs cannot be displayed Bit 3 1 Displaying inputs 2 times I O Bit32 0 Inputs cannot be displayed Bit 4 1 Modifiying register contents by pressing the key Bit 4 0 Register contents cannot be modified Bit5 1 Modifiying states of flags by pressing the key Bit5 0 Flag states cannot be modified Bit 6 1 Modifiying outputs states by pressing the key Bit6 0 Outputs states cannot be modified Bit 7 1 Permanent display of input by pressing the key Bit 7 0 Function disabled 296 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs 32 4 6 Mapping of LEDs on HMIs Registers 61480 through 61487 Mapping of keys on HMIs Function Description Read Current mapping of keys pressed on the HMI Write Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of registers 61480 through 61487 These registers m
220. ot assigned Analog Current Channels By inserting specific jumpers on the JX6 AD8 submodule current channels can be allocated to the 15 pin female Sub D connector for more information refer to the JX6 AD8 Operator s Manual Jetter AG 51 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 7 4 2 Overview of Registers Addressing the submodule socket Submodule socket 1 y 3 Submodule socket 2 y 4 Submodule socket 3 y 5 Overview of Registers jus Description 63y05 Instruction Register 1 63y51 Actual value of AD conversion channel 1 32 768 32 767 63y52 Actual value of AD conversion channel 2 32 768 32 767 63y53 Actual value of AD conversion channel 3 32 768 32 767 63y54 Actual value of AD conversion channel 4 32 768 32 767 63y55 Actual value of AD conversion channel 5 32 768 32 767 63y56 Actual value of AD conversion channel 6 32 768 32 767 63y57 Actual value of AD conversion channel 7 32 768 32 767 63y58 Actual value of AD conversion channel 8 32 768 32 767 63y59 Selecting the analog channels to be 1 255 bit coded converted 63y61 Configuration of analog channel 1 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y62 Configuration of analog channel 2 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y63 Configuration of analog channel 3 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y64 Configuration of analog channel 4 3 7 8 12 17 21 63y65 Con
221. our decimal positions is possible 282 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register Value Decimal Positions 1 0 10 1 100 2 1 000 3 10 000 4 Register 63810 Decimal positions for USER_INPUT Function Description Read Last value Write New value Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63810 The value of this register desfines the number of decimal positions for data input The content of register 63810 results from the decimal positions entered via the USER_INPUT A maximum of four decimal positions is possible Register Value Decimal Positions 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 Example Data is downloaded from the HMI to register 200 using the following instruction USER_INPUT 0 1 200 Once value 20 00 is entered by the operator the following values appear in the relevant registers 283 32 Special Registers JetWeb Before confirming the USER_INPUT with the ENTER key Register 200 contains the previous value Register 63809 100 Divisor for the value input USER_INPUT 1 Register 63810 Decimal positions for USER_INPUT After confirming the USER_INPUT with the ENTER key Register 200 2000 Register 63809 content of Divisor for the value input register 61786 USER_INPUT Register 63810 content of Decimal positions for USER_INPUT register 61452
222. plication program by means of two flags per interface This allows to determine for instance whether a connection to the display still exists Upon receipt of a valid frame the first flag is set by the operating system Once the first flag is set the user can set a second flag Each time a valid frame is received a new monitoring interval is started On termination of the monitoring interval both flags are reset Since the second flag is not set by the OS the user can detect that the connection was disconnected Even if the first flag was reset only for a short time The monitoring interval can be defined by the user through a register for each interface Register 61470 Interface Activity Monitoring Part 1 Function Description Read Present state of the interface activity Write Bit 1 can be set Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61470 Bit 0 0 No JETWay activity on the NET2 interface This bit is reset by the OS once there is no activity on this interface This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2080 Bit 0 1 JETWay activity on the interface NET 2 This bit is set by the OS once a valid frame has been received Then monitoring interval NET 2 is restarted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2080 Bit 1 0 No JETWay activity on the NET2 interface This bit is reset together with bit 0 once monitoring interval NET 2 has elapsed This
223. ppendices 382 Controller Register Name R Description Number 63022 Activity state R Functional group RemoteScan function Page 305 63768 Counter Selection R Functional group Counter Register W Page 83 63769 Counter content R Functional group Counter Page 82 63770 Numerator with division R Functional group Operating system by 0 messages Page 274 63771 Program address which R Functional group Operating system has caused division by 0 messages Page 275 63773 Network response time R Functional group Control of network 2 Page 314 63774 Quantity of network R Functional group Control of network 2 errors Page 314 63775 Error code of last network R Functional group Control of network 2 error Page 315 63780 Error code of last network R Functional group Control of network 1 access Page 311 63781 Quantity of network R Functional group Control of network 1 errors Page 311 63784 Number of error R Functional group Operating system messages in the fault messages memory since reset Page 251 63785 Selection of error R Functional group Operating system message W messages Page 251 63786 Contents of the error R Functional group Operating system message selected by reg messages 63785 Page 251 63787 Current build level R Functional group Operating system messages Page 275 63794 Instruction Register R Functional group Instruction Register W Page 82 Page 195 Pa
224. puts The output number has to be transferred in the internal format of the JC 647 controller JetSym Application specific numbering JC 647 Internal numbering format format 101 164 0 Ox3F 201 264 0x40 Ox7F etc etc read write registers Writing and simultaneously reading registers The number of the start register corresponds to the register number within the JC 647 First the registers polled by the client are read then the registers transferred from the client are stored Jetter AG 231 28 Modbus TCP Il 232 JetWeb 28 2 Modbus TCP Client The Modbus TCP client in JetControl 647 controllers supports Class 0 Conformance see chapter 28 1 1 Supported Commands Class 0 on page 229 This means that commands for reading and writing multiple registers are used Up to 125 registers with a width of 16 bits can be transmitted in one frame When sending 32 bit registers only the lower order 16 bits are transmitted When assigning incoming register values to the JetControl internal 32 bit registers sign extension to 32 bits will not be carried out As protocol ID 0 is used as unit ID 1 Assignment of sent and received frames is carried out using the transaction ID Connections to 11 different servers may be opened at the same time 28 2 1 RemoteScan This function is for cyclically transferring the inputs and outputs 14001 through 19999 that are combined in the 16 bit registers 66000 through 6
225. r Access is now realized indirectly by the content of the register that is specified in the variable name Examples XJW DTAG name PR100 type INT Result The content of the register is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJW DTAG name PF100 type BOOL Result The state of the flag is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJW DTAG name PI100 type BOOL Result The state of the input is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 XJW DTAG name PO100 type BOOL gt Result The state of the output is transferred whose number was specified in register 100 Additionally an offset can be defined to the value of the pointer register This offset can be defined directly in the tag or can also be defined indirectly by specifying a register Examples XJW DTAG name PR100 75 type INT gt Result The content of the register is transferred whose number results from the addition of the content of register 100 and the value 75 XJW DTAG name PO100 R75 type BOOL gt Result The state of the output is transferred whose number results from the addition of the content of the two registers 100 and 75 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 25 7 Peak Values 25 7 Peak Values For the individual e mail sections the following number of characters is allowed FROM 63 TO 127 CC 127 SUBJECT 127 MESSAGE 8191 25 8 E Mail Tracki
226. r directory Moves up by one directory level CDUP y ry MKD Creates a new directory RMD Removes a directory STOR Stores a file RETR Reads a file DELE Deletes a file Indicates the file name to be changed must be followed RNFR by RNTO RNTO Indicates the new name of the file which has been specified by RNFR before PASV The FTP server changes into passive mode 198 Jetter AG JetControl 647 24 3 Example Windows FTP Client 24 3 Example Windows FTP Client Below a description of a session using the Windows NT 4 0 FTP Client Invoking the client program and opening the connection Login as user admin with password Displaying the content of the current directory using dir Transferring the file jetter1 jpg to the JetControl using the command put Re displaying the content of the current directory using dir Terminating the session and the FTP client program using bye Eingabeaufforderung r3 x C gt ftp 192 168 189 212 Verbunden zu 192 168 106 212 220 JETTER FIP Server 01 3 23 68 2082 Benutzer 192 168 186 212 gt admin 331 password required for admin Kennwort 230 User admin logged in Ftp gt dir 266 PORT command successful 156 Opening ASCII mode data connection for LIST 08 lt DIR gt System 48 lt DIR gt licenses 11 35AM 1216 index htm 11 56AM lt DIR gt EMAIL 66 66PM lt DIR gt etc 11 16AM 261 Data_21
227. re components e g switch have to be interconnected via straight through cables PCto switch e JetControl to switch etc Infrastructure components have to be interconnected by means of crossover cables e Switch to switch e Switch to router etc Jetter AG 103 16 Ethernet Connection JetWeb Note 27 2 The uplink port of the switch be used if the proper cable is not available 104 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 1 Instructions 17 Software Programming 17 1 Instructions The following instructions serve to access registers flags inputs and outputs REGISTER_LOAD REG Access to Registers FLAG Access to Flags IN Access to digital inputs OUT Access to digital outputs Example REGISTER_LOAD 100 1234 Loads 1234 into register 100 REG 100 REG 300 REG 200 Adds the content of register 200 to the content of register 300 and stores the result in register 100 WHEN FLAG 10 As soon as flag 10 THEN is active the task will be continued IF IN 101 If input 101 is THEN active output 105 OUT 105 will be set 105 17 Software Programming 106 JetWeb 17 2 Access to Inputs or Outputs Numbering System of Digital Inputs Digital Input JC 647 Address Number Input 1 100 1 Input 2 100 2 Input 16 100 16 Numbering System of Digital Inputs Digital Input JX6 11
228. ric function D A transfer Numeric keypad Cursor keypad LCD23 2lines of 24 Cursor left 5 RS 422 characters Cursor right character height JN DK each ENTER Page 90 LCD 23L 1 line of Cursor left 8mm RS 422 16 characters Cursor right character height JN DK ENTER Page 90 137 18 HMIs Operator Guidance JetWeb Overview of HMIs HMIs Type Display Keys Comment Interface cable LED 23 1 line of 12 mm RS 422 8 characters character height JN DK 7 segment LED Page 90 LCD25 2lines of 24 5F keys with 5mm RS 422 characters LED character height JN DK each backlit Page 90 LCD 25L 1 line of 16 8 mm RS 422 characters character height JN DK backlit Page 90 LED 25 1 line of 12 mm RS 422 8 characters character height JN DK LED 7 segment LED Page 90 LCD 27 2lines of 24 5 F keys RS 422 characters Cursor keypad JN DK each Clear Page 90 ENTER LCD 34 2 lines of 24 5 F keys Backlit RS 422 characters Special JN DK each Function Keys Page 90 Numeric keypad LCD 52 4lines of 16 6 F keys RS 422 characters Numeric keypad Page 93 each LCD 54 4lines of 16 8 F keys Backlit RS 422 characters Numeric Emergency Stop Page 93 each keypad LCD 54 4 lines of 16 8 F keys Backlit RS 422 Z characters Numeric Emergency Stop Page 93 each keypad Dead man s Key LCD 60 2lines of 40 8 F keys with Backlit RS 422 characters LED Page 91 each Numeric keypad LCD 62 2 lines
229. ring Circuit configuration with a RC or LC component in order to achieve more smoothness or a lower ripple of the DC voltage Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Sampling interval Semaphore Server client arrangement Serverside Includes Slave Module Number Tag Tap Line TASK Timeout Vibration Resistance An A D converter requires a certain time i e the sampling interval to convert an analog value into a digital value Within the sampling interval a counter records changes in the digital input signal In programming a signal a flag variable used to govern access to shared system resources On the Internet or other network a computer or program that responds to commands from a client For example a file server may contain an archive of data or program files When a client submits a request for a file the server transfers a copy of the file to the client A mechanism for including dynamic text in World Wide Web documents Server side includes are special command codes that are recognized and interpreted by the server Their output is placed in the document body before the document is sent to the browser With JETTER control systems control variables are integrated into text Number of a JX2 Slave module connected to the JETTER system bus In markup languages such as SGML and HTML a code that identifies an element in a document such as a heading or a paragraph for the purposes of forma
230. rolling Network 2 Register 62990 Baud rate network 2 Function Description Read Current baud rate Write New baud rate Value range 0 through 11 Value after reset 6 Meaning of register 62990 Setting Baud rate in baud bit s 0 150 300 600 1 200 i 2 400 4 800 9 600 default 19 200 coo A AJ OIN 38 400 76 800 115 200 32 12 2 JETWay Register 62991 Network number of network 2 Function Description Read Current node number on the JETWay network Write New node number on the JETWay network Value range 0 through 99 Value after reset 2 Jetter AG 313 32 Special Registers 314 Meaning of register 62991 JetWeb Setting Meaning 0 Inactive 1 Master in the JETWay 2 99 Possible node number as slave in JETWay Anetwork number is assigned to each controller connected to network 2 node This network number is written to register 62991 Register 63773 Network response time Function Description Read Response time in milliseconds Write Illegal Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset Previous time Meaning of register 63773 received the response The time starts upon a network command and ends when the slave controller has Register 63774 Quantity of network errors F
231. ror code of last network R Functional group Ethernet control access Page 302 63900 Gateway LSB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63901 Gateway 2SB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63902 Gateway 3SB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 Jetter AG 383 Appendices Controller Register Name R Description Number W 63903 Gateway MSB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63904 Subnet mask LSB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63905 Subnet mask 2SB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63906 Subnet mask 3SB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63907 Subnet mask MSB R Functional group Ethernet control W Page 259 63980 Ethernet Monitoring Time R Functional group Interface Activity JetlP W Monitoring Page 322 63981 PC monitoring time R Functional group Interface Activity pcom5 W Monitoring Page 322 63982 LCD monitoring time R Functional group Interface Activity pcom5 W Monitoring Page 322 63983 Monitoring time NET 1 R Functional group Interface Activity JETWay W Monitoring Page 322 63984 Monitoring time NET 2 R Functional group Interface Activity JETWay W Monitoring Page 323 66000 RemoteScan register R Functional group RemoteScan 66999 W Page 232 185000 Task status R Functional group Task control 185099 Page 277 185200 Task time register for Functiona
232. ross Reference Control of network 1 Network number baud rate indirect addressing 62995 Same Network number 1 0 99 2 2 3 Page 308 62996 Same Baud Rate 1 0 11 2 11 3 Page 308 61589 Same Indirect Network 1 0 255 Addressing 2 0 3 Page 309 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of network 1 Times 61585 Same Network responsetime 1 0 255 in milliseconds 2 Previous time 3 Page 310 61586 Same Processing time of 1 0 255 network instruction 2 Previous time 3 Page 311 61588 Same Setting timeout time 1 0 255 milliseconds 2 250 263 31 Overview of Special Registers 264 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of network 1 Error messages 61955 Same Number of checksum 1 8 388 608 errors when receiving 8 388 607 via the network 2 0 63780 New Error code of last 1 0 255 network access 2 0 3 Page 311 63781 New Quantity of network 1 0 255 errors 2 0 3 Page 311 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of network 2 Configuration 62989 Same Configuration network 1 0 255 2 2 8 3 Page 312 62990 Same Baud Rate 1 0 255 2 6 3 Page 313 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Je
233. rough 20479 can be used as integer variables registers or as floating point variables registers In the special register 61810 the user can set the variable s register s address number starting from which variable register contents are regarded as floating point numbers Example User variables registers starting from number 3500 are to be treated as floating point variables registers 0 Integer 61810 3500 3499 3500 Floating point 20479 62208 62463 Floating point 196608 Integer 393215 Fig 55 Partitioning of integer floating point registers Note M 7 27 When switching between integer floating point variables registers or vice versa the contents of the memory cells remain unchanged Merely the kind how they are interpreted changes 330 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 33 1 General Information 33 Special Functions 33 1 General Information JetSym The special functions always are called using two parameters The first parameter is the number of the first register of a register array which contains the operands this array may of course consist of one register only The second parameter is the number of the register into which the result of the function has to be written for example The register numbers can be specified directly or indirectly This calling convention applies to all system functions except for system functions 60 and 61 Example SPECIALFUNCTION 21 9000
234. rough 65 535 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63896 Indicates the processing time of the last executed network command The processing time comprises the cycle times of both controllers as well as transmission times 301 32 Special Registers JetWeb 32 5 3 Error Messages Register 63898 Error code of last network access Function Description Read Current error code Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63898 Current error code 0 No error 1 Timeout 3 Error message of the remote station Register 63897 Quantity of network errors Function Description Read Current number of errors Write Only clearing makes sense Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 302 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 6 Web Function Initialization 32 6 Web Function Initialization Register 63827 State of Web function Initialization Function Description Read Present status Write Illegal Value range 0 255 Value after reset Depends on initialization Meaning of register 63827 Bit 0 0 Bit 0 1 Bit 1 0 Bit 1 1 Bit 2 0 Bit 2 1 Bit 3 0 Bit 3 1 Bit 4 0 Bit 4 1 Bit 5 0 Bit 5 1 Bit 13 0 Bit 13 1 Jetter AG FTP server not available FTP server available HTTP server not available HTTP server available E mail function not avail
235. rror Messages Web Function Initialization E mail Tunction RemoteScan Function Data Files Instruction Register Controlling Network 1 Address baud rate Times Error Messages Controlling Network 2 Configuration of network 2 JETWay User Programmable Interface Control of the Programming Interface PC Interface Activity Monitoring Status of the Application Program Timer Registers General Registers Specifying the floating point register array Special Functions General Information Function Types Overview Format Conversion Arithmetic Functions Sorting data Modbus RTU CRC Checksum Modbus TCP RemoteScan Data Files E Mail Sorting data Special System Function 50 Table of Contents 301 301 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 308 310 311 312 312 313 315 318 319 324 326 327 329 331 331 332 333 334 337 338 340 341 342 343 345 345 Table of Contents JetWeb 34 2 JetSym Sample Program 347 35 Oscilloscope of JetSym 349 36 User programmable Interface 351 36 1 Description of Connections 351 36 2 Register Description 351 36 3 Program example 351 36 3 1 Program Listing 351 36 3 2 Symbol Listing 352 37 Real Time Clock 353 38 Programming Language JetSym ST 357 List of Appendices Appendix A Downloading the Operating System 361 Appendix B Recent Revisions 363 Appendix C Glossary 368 Appendix D List of Abbreviations 372 Appendix E Register Overview by Numeric Or
236. s x Slave module number 2 9 The third digit y is the number of the axis or controller 0 9 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 18 18 1 Technical Data HMIs Operator Guidance 18 4 Technical Data Overview of HMIs HMls Type Display Keys Comment Interface cable LCD 9 2 lines of 24 12 F keys with OpenColl characters LED JN DK each Special Func Page 90 tion Keys Numeric keypad LCD 10 2lines of 24 12 F keys with 9 mm OpenColl characters LED Character height JN DK each Special Func backlit Page 90 tion Keys Numeric keypad LCD 110 4 lines of 20 12 F keys with Backlit RS 422 characters LED JN DK each Special Func Page 90 tion Keys Numeric keypad LCD 12 2lines of 16 4 F keys Designed for OpenColl characters Special Func installation in JN DK each tion Keys hand held operator Page 90 Numeric keypad consoles LCD 16 4lines of 20 5 F keys with Allows modular RS 422 characters LED expansion by JN DK each keyboard NUM25 Page 90 and handwheel modules HR1 LCD 17 Graphic 6 F keys with Visualization with RS 422 display LED Numeric objects JN DK 128 x 240 Special Func Text variable Page 90 pixels tion Keys Bargraph Numeric keypad D A transfer Cursor keypad LCD 19 Graphic 6 F keys with Visualization with RS 422 display LED Numeric objects JN DK 240 x 120 Special function Text variable Page 90 pixels keys with alpha Bargraph nume
237. s Page 295 61827 Number of characters R Functional group Control of the HMIs Page 295 61848 Time base for Functional group Timer register START TIMER Page 267 TIMER END 61952 Application program R Functional group Operating system runtime in seconds messages Page 252 61953 Controller runtime since R Functional group Operating system reset in seconds messages Page 252 61954 Controller runtime in time R Functional group Operating system base units messages Page 252 61955 Number of checksum R Functional group Control of network 1 errors when receiving via Error messages the network Page 264 61956 Controller runtime since R Functional group Operating system reset in ms messages Page 252 61976 Suggested value for R Functional group Control of the HMIs USER INPUT W Page 281 62150 Access error controller R Functional group Access to controller module modules Slot number 1 Page 252 62151 Access error controller R Functional group Access to controller module Axis number 1 modules Page 252 Jetter AG 379 Appendices 380 Controller Register Name R Description Number 62152 Access error controller R Functional group Access to controller module modules Register Number Page 252 62912 Register for accessing R Functional group Real time clock the register block buffer Page 353 Seconds 62913 Register for accessing R Functional group Rea
238. s View Pin Signal Comment 48 Digital input 48 Te 47 Digital input 47 je 46 Digital input 46 mje 45 Digital input 45 e lo 44 Digital input 44 43 Digital input 43 42 Digital input 42 41 Digital input 41 40 Digital input 40 e 39 Digital input 39 e e 38 Digital input 38 e e 37 Digital input 37 e 36 Digital input 36 35 Digital input 35 34 Digital input 34 33 Digital input 33 Fig 21 shows the assignment of digital inputs of the submodule JX6 116 Reference point is the O V terminal to which the 0 V signal is connected up 72 Jetter AG JetControl 647 24V Power Supply unit 24 V 1 Power supply of JC 647 2 Digital inputs 1 16 3 No function assigned 4 Digital inputs 33 48 terminal strip terminal strip 12 4 Numbering System of Digital Inputs Jx6 rack 111 Fig 21 External circuit of the digital inputs 43 and 45 12 4 Numbering System of Digital Inputs Numbering System of Digital Inputs Digital Input JX6 116 Address Number Input 33 100 33 Input 34 100 34 Input 47 100 47 Input 48 100 48 Jetter AG 73 z B JX6 Basis 4 12 Submodule JX6 116 74 JetWeb Jetter AG JetControl 647 13 1 Technical Data 13 Submodule JX6 016 Optionally the JC 647 module can be equipped with the submodule JX6 O16 which expands the function by 16 digital outputs
239. s 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Ethernet control Gateway 63900 New Gateway LSB 1 0 255 2 Stored gateway LSB 63901 New Gateway 2SB 1 0 255 2 Stored gateway 2SB 63902 New Gateway 3SB 1 0 255 2 Stored gateway 3SB 63903 New Gateway MSB 1 0 255 2 Stored gateway MSB 259 31 Overview of Special Registers 260 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Ethernet control Times 63895 New Setting timeout time 1 1 65 535 milliseconds 2 250 ms 3 Page 301 63896 New Processing time of 1 0 65 535 network instruction in 2 0 milliseconds 3 Page 301 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Ethernet control Error messages 63897 New Quantity of network 1 0 255 errors 2 0 3 Page 302 63898 New Error code of last 1 0 255 network access 2 0 3 Page 302 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference E Mail 63827 New Status of web function 1 0 255 initialization 2 dependent on initialization 3 Page 303 63828 New Own IP address 1 0x00000000 2 IP address 63829 New SMTP server IP 1 0x00000000 address Oxffffffff 2 I
240. specified register fBirectnensto o CONST NumInt 12345 NumFloat 123 456 END CONST VAR lVarInt INT AT XYL 100 fVarFloat FLOAT AT XZVL 62300 END_VAR lVarInt 123456789 fVarFloat 9 8765 7 lVarInt NunInt Fig 39 Assigning a constant to a variable JetSym ST The numerical value 123456789 is loaded into the variable located at 100 Register 100 Then the numerical value 9 8765 10 7 is loaded into the floating point variable located at 65024 Register 65024 Then value 12345 is assigned to register 100 Indirect and Double Indirect Addressing JetSym For the x and the a in the instruction shown above not only a number can be written but a register can be specified as well To do so prefix an to the register number by pressing the space key If y is written instead of x then value a is written into the register the number of which is contained in register y If b is written instead of a then not the value itself but the content of the specified register is loaded into register x or y If b is written instead of a the result is as follows First the value of the register with number b is read This value then serves as register number This means a new value is read in the register with the specified number and the new value is then stored to register x REGISTER_LOAD xl Register number fi 00 Value 2 1 can
241. st Fig 40 Indirect and Double Indirect Addressing JetSym Jetter AG JetControl 647 17 4 Access to Registers JetSym ST With JetSym ST for this purpose the address operator amp and the pointer operator are used su Prog mit B V R lVarInt1 INT AT XVL 20000 lVarInt2 INT AT XVL 20010 END lVarInti1 lVarInti1 lVarInti1 1VarIntl amp lVarInt2 lVarInt 2 lVarInt2 1lVarInt2 dv Fig 41 Indirect and Double Indirect Addressing JetSym ST First the address of the variable 1Varlnt2 here 20010 is assigned to the variable 1Varlnt1 Then the content of 1 VarlInt2 is copied 1Varlnt1 Then the content of the register to which 1Varlnt2 is pointing the number of which is contained in 1Varlnt2 is copied to 1Varlnt1 Finally the content of the register to which 1VarInt2 is pointing is copied to register to which 1VarInt1 is pointing Examples 1 Loading a number into a register JetSym REGISTER_LOAD rNewPosition 1280 JetSym ST rNewPosition 1280 Value 1280 is loaded into the register zNewPosition 2 Copying one register into another register JetSym REGISTER LOAD rVoltage 1 1 JetSym ST rVoltage rVoltagel The value in register rVoltagel1 will be copied into register rVoltage In other words the contents of register rVoltagel is copied into register rVoltage Jetter AG 111 17 Software Pro
242. ster 61453 number of positions to be displayed sign For example value of register 61453 4 corresponds to 3 positions 1 sign Note It should be considered that the sign and the decimal point occupy one position If a 6 digit value is to be displayed then value 7 resp 8 is to be entered into register 61453 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 4 Controlling HMIs LCDs Register 61781 Sign suppression Function Description Read Current value for sign suppression Write New value for sign suppression Value range 0 through 1 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61781 Register values can be displayed either with or without sign Values are displayed with sign by default Using register 61781 allows to suppress the display of signs Value 0 Sign will be displayed Value 1 Sign will not be displayed Register 61452 Decimal position for DISPLAY_REG Function Description Read Last value Write New value Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61452 The number of decimal positions is defined through the value of this register As an alternative register 61786 can be used instead of register 61452 A maximum of four decimal positions is possible Register Value Decimal Positions Bl WI Dh WI Dh Jetter AG 279 32 Special Registers JetWeb Register 61786 Divisor for th
243. ster number Slave Module Number Always 1 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 1 The fourth digit x specifies the number of the slave module connected to the system bus x Slave module number 2 9 The digits five six and seven zzz specify the actual register number One of the 1000 possible registers will be selected using this register number Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 19 6 Firmware Master Slave JX6 SB l 19 6 2 10 Range the range the transferred inputs and outputs are combined After system bus initialization 16 inputs and outputs are assigned to each recognized JX2 I O module resp 64 inputs and outputs to each recognized JX SIO module All inputs and outputs can either be accessed individually via IO instructions of the application program or with the help of the SYMPAS setup screen or else with the help of register overlay Access to Inputs and Outputs using IO Instructions Access to inputs and outputs of system bus modules is possible in the usual way through IO instructions of the JetSym programming language Distinction between system bus lOs and local IOs is made by numbering of inputs an
244. t 61488 Jetter AG 289 32 Special Registers 290 JetWeb Register 61799 Register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 4 Function Description Read Set register number for controlling LEDs of HMI 4 Write Defining a register the bits of which control the LEDs of HMI 4 Value range 0 through 20479 61488 Value after reset 61488 Meaning of registers 61796 through 61799 These registers are for assigning flags which control LEDs of HMls to several address areas Then LEDs can then be addressed in a different way using the same key on several HMls Following a reset the LEDs of all HMIs are assigned to those flags to which they are assigned in single display mode i e to the flags 2224 through 2235 Now a register can be assigned to each HMI with the help of registers 61796 through 61799 The lower 12 bits of these registers then control the LEDs If a given register is overlaid by flags LEDs can also be addressed via these flags and not via register bits Example Flags 2224 through 2239 are overlaid on register 61488 Register 61461 Delete End Of Line character Function Description Read Latest set value Write New value Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 36 ASCII code of Meaning of register 61461 This register contains the ASCII code of the DELEOL Delete End Of Line character After a reset the register
245. te 5 kHz Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 4 4 Test with damped oscillation Damped sinusoidaloscillation Frequency 1 Mhz Source impedance 200 ohms Repeat Factor 400 s Test voltage 1 kV DIN EN 61131 2 DIN EN 61000 4 12 EMC Immunity to interference Functional Earth Connections Features Value s depending on the product Preferable reference standard s depending on the product RF asymmetric Frequency band 0 15 80 MHz Test voltage 10 V AM 80 with 1 kHz Source impedance 150 ohms Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 6 Bursts Test voltage 1 kV tr tn 5 50 ns Repetition rate 5 kHz Criterion A DIN EN 61000 6 2 DIN EN 61000 4 4 31 4 Operating Conditions JetWeb 32 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 5 1 Physical Dimensions 5 JX6 Rack Four rack types are available 1 slot CPU module 2 slots CPU module and 1 peripheral module Aslots CPU module and 3 peripheral modules 8 slots CPU module and 7 peripheral modules 5 1 Physical Dimensions 5 1 1 JX6 Basis 1 with One Slot E E qe mu amp m 90902960009 8 g d b S q 16 lise 73 3 mm o z 4 xl 9 2 N g q 1 1260 9
246. tem directories files On the flash disk of the JetControl 647 directories and files are located which are required for system configuration or from which system information can be read As these directories and files are located in a memory area which is not available to the user they cannot be deleted but only overwritten Even formatting the flash disk has no impact on these files Without administrator rights only access to the file System flashdiskinfo txt is granted For access to all other directories and files administrator rights are required Note The system files have a constant date and the file size is always 0 E0 ftp 4 192 168 10 131 A 0 2 Fig 51 Root directory of the flash disk 0 gt ftp 77192 168 10 131 ES TName Erw Gr sse Datum Att DIR 00 00 1980 00 00 txt 0 13 05 2002 08 00 ini 0 13 05 2002 08 00 ini 0 13 05 2002 08 00 ini 0 13 05 2002 08 00 Fig 52 Files in the directory System 23 3 1 The files System flashdisklock ini System keys ini and For more information on these files refer to chapter 23 2 User Administration on page 189 193 23 File System 194 23 3 2 The file System flashdiskinfo txt JetWeb This file the only file which can be accessed without administrator rights provides information on the flash disk s user area used used
247. ter Slave JX6 SB l Registers for digital and analog output data By way of example REG 3m06xzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number IO module number minus 70 Always 6 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth digit is always 6 The digits five x specifies the IO module number minus 70 0 9 The digits six and seven zz specify the actual register number One of the 100 possible registers will be selected using this register number Configuration and diagnostic registers By way of example REG 3m07xzz will be demonstrated how the registers are numbered Actual register number IO module number minus 70 Always 7 Always 0 Submodule socket Always 3 165 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 166 The registers are addressed with the help of a 7 digit number The first digit is always 3 The second digit m specifies the JetControl 647 submodule socket where the JX6 SB l submodule is located m Submodule socket 1 3 The third digit is always 0 The fourth d
248. ter is O as well which is the case after a reset then the text to be displayed is simply added to the last line Jetter AG 291 32 Special Registers JetWeb Register 61649 Indirect Cursor Position cp 0 for USER_INPUT Function Description Read Set cursor position Write New cursor position Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61649 This register has exactly the same function as the above mentioned but for the USER_INPUT instruction It determines the cursor position where the entry takes place when cursor position 0 was entered for user input This value is also O after a reset Therefore the text is added to the last input or output Register 61653 Display time for monitor functions Function Description Read Set display time in seconds Write Newly selected display time in seconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 35 Meaning of register 61653 The display of HMIs works with two display levels Usually level 1 is displayed This is the level that is also accessed by the application program This level displays the instructions DISPLAY TEXT DISPLAY REG and USER INPUT Registers flags inputs and outputs can be queried using the user inteface by pressing the keys and I O This takes place on display level 2 so called monitor screen The time in seconds after which switching back to level 1 is to take place
249. ternet browser As communication component for transferring controller data to allow browser based visualization a Java applet and an ActiveX are available For more information please contact a Jetter AG sales representative 224 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 27 1 Special System Functions 27 RemoteScan The configurable RemoteScan function is used to cyclically copy register variable contents from the JetControl to registers variables of network nodes On the other hand they can be read by the nodes and copied into JetControl registers variables The RemoteScan function can be accessed by using special system functions 80 81 and 82 At the moment RemoteScan via Modbus TCP is supported only 27 1 Special System Functions 27 1 1 Configuring RemoteScan JetSym SPECIALFUNCTION 80 Parameterl Parameter2 JetSym ST SYSTEMFUNCTION 80 Parameterl Parameter2 Operating To configure RemoteScan special system function 80 is principle used However this function does not start communication Parameter 1 Number of the first register address of the first variable of a description block Offset Meaning 0 Protocol 5 Modbus TCP 1 Quantity of following 1 10 communication units Communication unit 1 2 Address Modbus TCP IP address 3 Port number Modbus TCP 502 Update rate 10 65535 ms Quantity of output 0 125 registers 6 Output source register local number 7 Output destination remote register number 8
250. the interface This bit is reset by the OS once there is no activity on this interface This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2094 Bit 6 1 JETWay activity on the interface This bit is set by the OS once a valid frame has been received Then the NET1 monitoring interval is restarted This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2094 Bit 7 0 No JETWay activity on the interface This bit is reset together with bit 6 once monitoring interval NET 1 has elapsed This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2095 Bit 7 1 This bit can be set by the application program This bit can be set if bit 6 flag 2095 has been set This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2095 No Note M The interface activity monitoring function can only be used from the server Since only the server is able to determine whether it can receive data from a client With visualization systems e g VIADUKT JetLink browsers with Java applets or the programming system JetSym the scan time can be set or communication can be stopped completely This fact has to be taken into account when using activity monitoring Activity monitoring requires for instance cyclical queries to be sent to the control by pcom5 JetIP or JETWay Jetter AG 321 32 Special Registers 322 JetWeb Register 63980 Ethernet monitoring interval JetlP Function Description Read Current moni
251. the week 1 0 255 62924 1 Sunday 2 Previous setting 2 Monday etc 62917 Same Day 1 0 255 62925 2 Current date 62918 Same Month 1 0 255 62926 2 Current date 62919 Same Year 1 0 255 62927 2 Current date 62928 New Dummy write and read 1 0 255 access to the real time 2 0 clock 269 31 Overview of Special Registers 270 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference PC Card 61445 Same PC card detection 1 2 0 3 Page 59 61446 Same Status message PC 1 Card 2 63 3 Page 59 61690 Same Device ID from tuple 1 01 device info 1 2 0 3 Page 59 61691 Same Device size byte from 1 tuple 01 device info 1 2 0 3 Page 59 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 1 Operating System Error Messages 32 Special Registers 32 1 Operating System Error Messages Register 61473 Operating system error Function Description Read Operating system error Write Value range 0 to 255 bit coded Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 61473 Bit 0 0 No timeout when accessing slave register Bit 0 1 Timeout when accessing slave registers This bit can also be queried by means of special flag 2104 Bit 1 0 No timeout when accessing slave register since reset Bit 1 1 Timeout when accessing slave register since reset This bit can also be queried by means of special fla
252. tion With both of them the content of variable 1Counter is decremented by 1 Example 2 1Counter 10 WHILE lCounter DO DEC 1Counter END_WHILE This way aloop can be realised which executes a certain number of iterations At the beginning of the loop a check is made whether the counting register is unequal to 0 If this is the case the instructions within the loop are executed the counter is decremented by one and a jump to the beginning of the loop is made Once the counter is 0 the program starts to execute the instruction behind END_WHILE Note M P a A loop with a certain number of cycles could also be programmed using the EL instruction FOR 122 Jetter AG JetControl 647 17 4 Access to Registers The instructions SHIFT_LEFT and SHIFT_RIGHT These to instructions are used to shift all bits of a register by a user definable number of places to the right or left Shifting a bit by one position corresponds to a multiplication _LEFT or a division _RIGHT by 2 These instructions are for example used to assign information to a part when transporting it through a plant The bit shifted out of the register last can be read out of flag 2076 Example 1 THEN SHIFT LEFT lVarl 3 This example shows a way how to multiply the contents of 1Var1 by 8 This approach has the advantage over an arithmetic expression of speeding up processing Example 2 THEN SHIFT RIGHT 1Drill 1 I
253. tion files located in the directory System Since these files are stored outside the normal flash disk they will not be deleted when formatting the flash disk Only users with administrator rights are authorized to read and modify these files Note Administrator rights are assigned by the key 1 This assignment is permanently defined in the file system and cannot be influenced by the user Important Basically the following rule applies The contents of a user administration file can be read immediately after the file has been transferred However it will be applicable only after the next reboot of the control system 189 23 File System JetWeb 7 Note M Ca Directories files for which the user does not have the required key will not be displayed by the FTP command LIST for displaying directory contents 23 2 1 Flash Disk Lock File In this file locks can be assigned to subdirectories located on the flash disk Only users with the corresponding key are allowed to read or write delete files and subdirectories located in these directories File The lashdisklock ini is a configuration file and has only one section namely LOCKS Each subdirectory on the flash disk is specified with its lock number in an individual line Lock numbers from 0 to 31 can be assigned 0 means that the given subdirectory is not locked i e it can be accessed without particular authorization It is also possible
254. tofup to write access 31 keys The FTP and HTTP servers use the user database to control file system access File The file users ini is a configuration file comprising of up to 32 sections with user names ranging from USER1 to USER32 The user name NAME is mandatory password PW read access keys READKEYS and write access keys WRITEKEYS are optional The entry SYSKEYS is intended for future expansions and has no function at the moment The read and write keys are displayed as a comma separated list They have to be entered into the list in the same format Keys to which names have been assigned chapter 23 2 2 Key Names File on page 191 are displayed with their names When creating the file both names and numbers of the keys can be used Any user with administrator rights is allowed to modify the user file Note N M USER1 must always have the name admin It is not possible to delete the user admin USER1 nor to modify his write or E read key Only his password can be set Example USER1 NAME admin PW admin READKEYS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 WRITEKEYS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2 3 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 USER2 NAME OS update PW jetterOS READKEYS 1 WRITEKEYS 1 USER3 NAME jetter PW test 192 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 23 3 System directories files 23 3 Sys
255. toring interval in milliseconds Write New monitoring interval in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 no monitoring Register 63981 PC monitoring interval pcom5 Function Description Read Current monitoring interval in milliseconds Write New monitoring interval in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 no monitoring Register 63982 LCD monitoring interval pcom5 Function Description Read Current monitoring interval in milliseconds Write New monitoring interval in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 no monitoring Register 63983 monitoring interval NET 1 JETWay Function Description Read Current monitoring interval in milliseconds Write New monitoring interval in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 no monitoring Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 14 Interface Activity Monitoring Register 63984 monitoring interval NET 2 JETWay Function Description Read Current monitoring interval in milliseconds Write New monitoring interval in milliseconds Value range 0 through 65 535 Value after reset 0 no monitoring 7 Note M 27 Interface activity monitoring can be switched off by setting the monitoring interval E to 0 For HMls e g LCD 9 LCD 34 LCD 19
256. ts 301 316 62801 Outputs 309 324 62802 Outputs 317 332 62803 Outputs 325 340 62804 Outputs 333 348 62805 Outputs 341 356 62806 Outputs 349 364 62807 Outputs 357 364 62808 Outputs 401 416 62809 Outputs 409 424 62810 Outputs 417 432 62811 Outputs 425 440 62812 Outputs 433 448 62813 Outputs 441 456 62814 Outputs 449 464 62815 Outputs 457 464 62816 Outputs 501 516 62817 Outputs 509 524 62818 Outputs 517 532 62819 Outputs 525 540 62820 Outputs 533 548 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 17 4 Access to Registers 62821 Outputs 541 556 62822 Outputs 549 564 62823 Outputs 557 564 62824 Outputs 601 616 62825 Outputs 609 624 62826 Outputs 617 632 62827 Outputs 625 640 62828 Outputs 633 648 62829 Outputs 641 656 62830 Outputs 649 664 62831 Outputs 657 664 62832 Outputs 701 716 62833 Outputs 709 724 62834 Outputs 717 732 62835 Outputs 725 740 62836 Outputs 733 748 62837 Outputs 741 756 62838 Outputs 749 764 62839 Outputs 757 764 62840 Outputs 801 816 62841 Outputs 809 824 62842 Outputs 817 832 62843 Outputs 825 840 62844 Outputs 833 848 62845 Outputs 841 856 62846 Outputs 849 864 62847 Outputs 857 864 133 17 Software Programming 134
257. tter AG Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of network 2 JETWay 61511 Same Setting timeout time 1 0 255 milliseconds 2 250 62991 Same Network number 1 0 255 2 2 3 Page 313 63773 New Network response time 1 0 65 535 in milliseconds 2 0 3 Page 314 63774 New Quantity of network 1 0 255 errors 2 0 3 Page 314 63775 New Error code of last 1 0 255 network error 2 0 3 Page 315 Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of network 2 User Programmable Interface 61499 Same Receive buffer 1 0 occupancy 2 0 3 Page 315 61502 Same Transmit buffer 1 0 occupancy 2 0 3 Page 315 61508 Same Interface status 1 0 127 2 Status 3 Page 316 62992 Same Transmission Buffer 1 0 255 2 0 3 Page 316 62993 Same Receive buffer with 1 0 255 deleting characters 2 0 3 Page 317 62994 Same Receive buffer without 1 0 255 deleting characters 2 0 3 Page 317 265 31 Overview of Special Registers 266 JetWeb Register New modified Function 1 Value Range Number same as 2 Reset Value D CPU1 3 Cross Reference Control of the Programming Interface PC 62983 Same Baud rate 1 0 255 programming interface
258. tting indexing and linking information in the document For example in HTML lt I gt hello world lt I gt indicates that the phrase hello world should be italicized Open end of a line connected to the system bus A stand alone application or a subprogram that is run as an independent entity The amount of time the system will wait for a peripheral device to respond before it detects and reports this as an error The device can permanently or shockwise be exposed to a vibration defined in the standard 371 Appendices JetWeb Appendix D List of Abbreviations AC Alternating Current AD Analog Digital AM Amplitude Modulation approx approximately B Width betw between CE Communaut s Europ ennes European Union cf compare Cl Class COM Device name for a serial port in Wintel systems The first serial port is identified as COM1 the second as COM2 etc CPU Central Processor Unit D Depth DA Digital Analog DC Direct Current e g lat exempli gratia for example EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility EN Europaische Norm that is European Standard ESD ElectroStatic Discharge EU EuropeanUnion Fig Figure FTP File Transfer Protocol Protocol used for copying files to and from remote computer systems on a network using TCP IP such as the Internet GND Ground Grounding System Gr Group H Height HTML HyperText Markup Language The markup language that uses tags to mark elements such as t
259. ule type register exists for each of the three sockets Type Number Submodule Type 99 No module plugged 1 Reserved 2 Reserved 3 AD8_MODULE_TYPE 4 DA4 MODULE TYPE 5 SV MODULE TYPE 6 PRN MODULE TYPE 72 INT MODULE TYPE 73 SB_MODULE_TYPE 74 AS INTERFACE_MODULE_TYPE 75 PROFI MODULE TYPE 76 VCS MODULE TYPE 47 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb Register 61688 Submodule type of socket 1 Function Description Read Setting the submodule type of socket 1 Write Illegal Value range 1 to 6 72 to 76 99 Value after reset 99 Register 61689 Submodule type of socket 2 Function Description Read Setting the submodule type of socket 2 Write Illegal Value range 1 to 6 72 to 76 99 Value after reset 99 Register 61692 Submodule type of socket 3 Function Description Read Setting the submodule type of socket 3 Write Illegal Value range 1 to 6 72 to 76 99 Value after reset 99 48 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 7 3 Register Areas of Submodules 7T 3 Register Areas of Submodules 7 3 1 Socket 1 Non intelligent submodule Intelligent submodule 7 3 2 Socket 2 Non intelligent submodule Intelligent submodule 7 3 3 Socket 3 Non intelligent submodule Intelligent submodule 63300 63399 111100 1114
260. unction Description Read Current number of errors Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Jetter AG JetControl 647 32 12 Controlling Network 2 Register 63775 Error code of last network error Function Description Read Current error code Write Illegal Value range 0 through 255 Value after reset 0 Meaning of register 63775 Current error code 0 No error 1 Timeout 2 checksum error 3 error message from slave 4 no master specified 32 12 3 User Programmable Interface Register 61499 Receive Buffer Occupancy Function Description Read Current receive buffer occupancy Write Illegal Value range 0 through 127 Value after reset 0 Register 61502 Transmit Buffer Occupancy Function Description Read Current transmit buffer occupancy Write Illegal Value range 0 through 127 Value after reset 0 315 32 Special Registers 316 JetWeb Register 61508 Interface status Function Description Read Present interface status Write Illegal Value range 0 through 127 Value after reset Status Meaning of register 61508 Possible interface status Bit 0 1 One or more characters lost while receiving Bit 1 1 Stop bit error Bit 2 1 Parity error Bit 3 1 Bits 0 through 2 are or were unequal 0 Bit 4 1 Reveive buffer ov
261. urce Reg will be incremented by one after each copying process see example 2 2 With Number of registers 1 the Source Reg will be decremented by one after each copying process see example 3 179 21 Network Operation via Ethernet JetWeb Mode Meaning The source register is indirectly addressed 4 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg remains constant 5 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be incremented by one after each copying process see example 4 6 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be decremented by one after each copying process Example 1 N COPY TO 192 168 1 20 100 500 3 3 0 The content of local register 100 is copied to registers 500 through 502 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 1 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 100 77 gt 500 77 100 77 gt 501 77 100 77 gt 502 77 Example 2 N COPY TO 192 168 1 20 100 1000 5 3 1 The content of local registers 100 through 104 is copied to registers 1000 through 1004 of the controller with the IP address 192 168 1 20 Source Reg Contents Implemen Destination Contents tation Reg 100 77 gt 1000 77 101 3198 gt 1001 3198 102 791 gt 1002 791 103 86320 gt 1003 86320 104 13629 gt 1004 13629 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jett
262. via the Ethernet network e XSource Reg the number of the first register is specified from which the value is to be read into a local register via network the address of which is specified by Port No This register is located on the controller which is addressed by this network instruction Destination Reg Here the number of the local register is specified into which the content of the register specified by Source Reg is to be transmitted Number of Registers This parameter specifies the number of registers to be copied block by block Port No Atthe moment only port number 3 is available that is the Ethernet network card JetIP Mode The default mode is 1 A detailed description will be given below The register numbers for source and destination registers can be specified directly indirectly or double indirectly The value range of the parameters for the COPY FROM instruction is between 0 and 4 294 967 296 Mode The following modes are possible Mode Meaning The source register is directly addressed 0 With Number of registers 1 the Source Reg remains constant see example 1 1 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be incremented by one after each copying process see example 2 2 With Number of registers gt 1 the Source Reg will be decremented by one after each copying process see example 3 Jetter AG JetControl 64
263. vity monitoring part 2 W Monitoring Page 320 Jetter AG 375 Appendices 376 Controller Register Name R Description Number 61472 Restrictions of monitor R Functional group Restrictions for functions W User Input Page 296 61473 Operating system error R Functional group Operating system messages Page 271 61474 Multitasking control R Functional group Task control W Page 277 61477 Operating system error R Functional group Operating system messages Page 272 61478 Error operating system R Functional group Operating system messages messages Page 273 61480 Mapping of keys on the R Functional group Mapping of LEDs of 61487 HMIs the HMIs Page 297 61488 Mapping of LEDs on the R Functional group Mapping of LEDs of 61489 HMI keys the HMIs Page 298 61499 Receive Buffer R Functional group User Occupancy Programmable Interface Page 315 61502 Transmit Buffer R Functional group User Occupancy Programmable Interface Page 315 61508 Interface status R Functional group User Programmable Interface Page 316 61511 Setting timeout time in R Functional group Control of network 2 milliseconds W JETWay Page 265 61529 Toggle switch position R Functional group Status of the when switching on application program Page 324 61530 Task number of the OPC R Functional group Operating system error messages Page 251 61568 Detected module R Functional group General Registers
264. w LED will remain lit as long as the initialization of the system bus is active U is lit This yellow status LED yellow is used for indicating the scan cycle of all input modules After each reading of the input conditions of all connected modules the LED changes its state Thus the blinking frequency indicates the duration of the input module updating process 156 Jetter AG JetControl 647 19 5 Description of Connections Description of LEDs Master Master Mode Jetter AG View LED Status Meaning UO OC 2 DODO agogo DOC otv R green is lit This LED indicates successful initialization command 10 of the connected JX6 SB l submodule E red is lit A system bus error has occurred l yellow is lit An accumulation of errors has been detec ted on the system bus warning limit has been reached yellow is lit An overflow is reported by at least one receiving buffer 19 5 Description of Connections Pin Assignment Female SUB D connector 9 pins JX6 SB I View Pin Signal Comment 1 CMODEO 1 2 CL 3 GND 4 CMODE1 1 5 TERM Unused 1 6 Unassigned 7 CH 8 Unassigned 9 Do not connect will not be required for master master operation 157 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB I JetWeb 19 5 1 JETTER System
265. w of Functions Meaning of Registers Serial Interfaces Programming Interface PC Description of Connections JetSym Settings JetWeb 55 56 57 57 58 59 59 59 61 63 63 64 65 65 66 67 68 69 69 71 72 73 75 75 77 78 79 81 81 82 85 86 86 88 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 15 3 15 3 1 15 3 2 15 3 3 15 4 15 4 1 15 4 2 15 4 3 15 5 15 6 16 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 4 17 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 3 1 17 3 2 17 4 17 4 1 17 4 2 17 4 3 17 4 4 17 5 18 18 1 18 2 18 3 18 4 18 4 1 18 4 2 18 4 3 18 4 4 Table of Contents HMI LCD Interface HMI Cable JN DK Xm HMI Cable KAY_0386 xxxx HMI Cable KAY_0533 0025 Programming Interface via JETWay H Selecting RS 232 or JETWay H Description of Connections JETWay H PC Card Network interface JETWay R User Programmable Interface Ethernet Connection Connecting cables to the RJ45 Jack Connection between JetControl 647 and PC Connection between JetControl Switch and PC Connection via Several Switches Software Programming Instructions Access to Inputs or Outputs Access to Flags User Flags Programming by Means of Flags Access to Registers Programming by Means of Registers Calculations by Means of Registers Accessing Digital Inputs Using Registers Accessing Digital Outputs Using Registers Positioning Instructions HMls Operator Guidance Technical Data Description of Connections Multi Display Mode Pr
266. way that it is always at hand until the JetControl 647 module will be disposed of If the JetControl 647 module is sold alienated or loaned this manual must be handed over In any case you encounter difficulties to clearly understand this manual please contact the manufacturer We would appreciate any suggestions and contributions on your part and would ask you to contact us This will help us to produce manuals that are more user friendly and to address your wishes and requirements This manual contains important information on how to transport erect install operate maintain and repair the JC 647 Therefore the persons carrying out these jobs must carefully read understand and observe this manual and especially the safety instructions Missing or inadequate knowledge of the manual results in the loss of any claim of liability on part of Jetter AG Therefore the operating company is recommended to have the instruction of the persons concerned confirmed in writing History Revision Comment 2 02 Changes cannot be traced back anymore 2 03 Changes cannot be traced back anymore 2 04 Changes cannot be traced back anymore 3 50 1 For changes refer to Revision 3 501 Appendix B 3 50 2 See Recent Revisions on page 363 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Description of Symbols This sign is to indicate a possible impending danger of serious physical damage or death Danger This sign is to ind
267. working of several controllers of the JetControl 647 and DELTA family in Master Master mode JX6 SB I Besides the features of the JX6 SB module the JX SB I module allows connection of JX2 Slave and JetMove modules to Jetter s system bus JX6 INT1 2 serial interfaces up to 115 KBaud Special Protocols Wipotec Mettler Dust RemoteScan HPGL Multimaster mode JX6 Profi 1 profi bus DP interface module JX6 VCS Valve control system JX6 AS INT 1 Advanced serial interface Jetter AG 45 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 JetWeb 46 For more information on the JX6 SB I module refer to chapter 19 Submodules JX6 SB and JX6 SB l on page 147 Note Each submodule can be plugged on any socket 1 2 or 3 see Fig 4 Combination possibilities are almost unlimited except for the JX6 DA4 where not more than two JX6 DA4 can be plugged Plugged on the JC 647 the functions of the submodules JX6 SV JX6 AD8 JX6 DA4 JX6 INT JX6 SB and JX6 SB I are fully supported The functions of the submodules JX6 Printer JX6 Profi JX6 VCS and JX6 AS I can be activated if required The functionality of the above mentioned submodules is described in a separate manual Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG 7 2 Submodule Type Registers 7 2 Submodule Type Registers Note Modification The JC 647 detects the plugged submodule type and writes the type number of the plugged submodule into the submodule type register A submod
268. xt Set Position is written at the given cursor position i e at the beginning of the second line of the display Then the rest of this line is deleted 143 18 HMls Operator Guidance JetWeb 144 Example 3 JetSym DISPLAY TEXT 0 0 ERROR JetSym ST DISPLAY TEXT 0 0 ERROR After issuing this instruction the text ERROR is written starting from the present cursor position By doing so this text is simply attached to any already existing text If register 61648 contains a value other than 0 this value is interpreted as cursor position and the text ERROR is written at this position For details on the function of the special register 61648 please refer to Page 291 18 4 2 Displaying Registers A register value can be output on an HMI by the following instruction JetSym DISPLAY REG lt DeviceNo lt lt Cursorpos gt lt RegNo gt JetSym ST DISPLAY_VALUE lt DeviceNo gt lt Cursorpos gt lt VarName gt The parameters DeviceNo and CursorPos have exactly the same function as described for the DISPLAY_TEXT instruction JetSym In addition the number of an integer or floating point register is to be specified Of course this is the number of the register the contents of which are to be displayed Indirect addressing can be used for this purpose JetSym ST Here the name of an integer or floating point variable is to be specified as third parameter The content of this variable is displayed O
269. y assignment of communication tasks 247 30 Special Flags JetWeb Arithmetic operations Special Flag Function 2048 Automatic switchover from integer to real in case of division remains on real mode 0 ON 2049 Always real mode 2076 Shift Carry The last register bit shifted out by the instructions SHIFT_LEFT and SHIFT_RIGHT HMI Control Special Flag Function 2051 The USER_INPUT instruction is active 2053 USER_INPUT terminated by timeout HMI Restrictions Special Flag Function 2052 Input via HMI keys disabled 2054 ENTER key does not switch to monitor mode 2096 Displaying registers possible 0 disabled 2097 Displaying flags possible 0 disabled 2098 Displaying outputs possible 0 disabled 2099 Displaying inputs possible 0 disabled 2100 Modifying registers possible 0 disabled 2101 Modifying flags possible 0 disabled 2102 Modifying outputs possible 0 disabled 2103 Permanent display of inputs not possible 248 Jetter AG JetControl 647 Jetter AG Interface Activity Monitoring Special Flag Interface Function 2080 NET 2 OS flag 0 no JETWay activity 1 JETWay activity 2081 NET 2 User flags 0 no JETWay activity 1 can be set by the user if flag 2080 1 2088 Ethernet OS flag 0 no JETIP activity 1 JETIP activity 2089 Ethernet User flags 0 no JETIP activity 1
270. ying procedure Screw plug connector Basic housing COMBICON COMBICON Keying pin part 1 Keying pin part 2 4 z E i eL D 00 lt 00 50 Fig 12 Usage of keying pins 42 Jetter AG JetControl 647 6 3 Using the keying pins Suggestion for keying Fig 13 shows a suggestion for the keying of plug connectors Keying pin part 2 Fig 13 Top view of the JXC Basis 4 Rack with Keyed Connectors Jetter AG 43 6 Installation Guide JetWeb 44 Jetter AG JetControl 647 7 1 Submodule types 7 Submodules for Sockets 1 through 3 7 1 Submodule types Non Intelligent Submodules JX6 SV 1 incremental encoder 1 analog output 10 V JX6 AD8 Analog digital converter 8 voltage inputs or current inputs single ended or 4 voltage inputs or current inputs differential JX6 DA4 Analog digital converter 4 voltage or current outputs JX6 Printer 1 printer activation module For more information refer to the following chapters Submodule JX6 SV refer to chapter 7 6 Submodule JX6 SV on page 57 Submodule JX6 AD8 refer to chapter 7 4 JX6 AD8 Submodule on page 50 Submodule JX6 DAA refer to chapter 7 5 Submodule JX6 DA4 on page 54 Intelligent Submodules JX6 SB 1 CAN interface module for connection of modules to Jetter s System bus This interface module serves for connecting JX2 I O JX SIO and third party modules to the JetControl 647 It also enables net

User manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents